You are on page 1of 220

BWP QUALITY SYSTEM DOCUMENTS

In Accordance With
MS ISO 9001:2008

VOLUME 1 OF 4
QUALITY MANUAL
Procedures
Work Instructions
Quality Forms

ISSUE NO. 7 – APRIL 2009

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD


3, Jalan Manau, Off Jalan Kg Attap, 50460 Kuala Lumpur
Tel: 603-2274 4418 Fax: 603-2274 4318 e-mail: admin@bwp.com.my URL: www.bwp.com.my
Quality Manual

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875 – P)


JURUTERA PERUNDING / CONSULTING ENGINEERS
3, Jalan Manau, Off Jalan Kg. Attap, 50460 Kuala Lumpur.
Tel : 603-2274 4418 Fax : 603-2274 4318 e-mail : admin@bwp.com.my URL : www.bwp.com.my

QUALITY SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION

This is one of the four (4) volumes of BWP’s Quality System Documentation .

VOLUME 1 OF 4
BWP QM Quality Manual Issue 7 Apr-2009

BWP QP010 Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation Issue 7 Apr-2009


BWP QP015 Review of Quality Policy and Objectives Issue 3 Apr-2009
BWP QP020 Controlled Documentation Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP030 Internal Quality Audits Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP040 Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP050 Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP060 Quality Records Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP070 Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP080 Qualifications and Training Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP090 Concessions Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP100 Management Review Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP110 NOT IN USE
BWP QP115 NOT IN USE
BWP QP120 Purchasing Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP130 Control of Reference Library Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP140 Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP150 Preparation of Project Quality Plans Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP160 Computer Filing and Backup Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP170 Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP180 Design (Project) Controls and Reviews Issue 7 Apr-2009
BWP QP190 Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement Issue 4 Apr-2009
BWP QP200 Communication Issue 3 Apr-2009

OTHER VOLUMES

Volume II of IV BWP DOM - Drawing Office Manual Issue 3 Apr-2009


Volume III of IV BWP SDM - Structural Design Manual Issue 2 Apr-2009
Volume IV of IV BWP SSM - Site Supervision Manual
Part 1 of 2 - General & Civil Issue 3 Apr-2009
Part 2 of 2 – T&C Procedures for M&E Works Issue 1 Apr-2009

Document Holder : Copy ID :

CONFIDENTIALITY STATEMENT

BW Perunding Sdn Bhd has prepared and issued this Manual and all procedures within for its
Quality System in all confidentiality. Neither it, nor its contents, whether in part or in whole, may be
disclosed or reproduced to unauthorized parties without the written consent of the Company.

This document is not to be construed as contractually binding on the Company and its Directors.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

QUALITY MANUAL

Document Status Description of Prepared by / Held in


Authorized By:
Issue Date Reason for Revision Custodian by
1 May-99 1st Issue C.R.Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Feb-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4th Issue – General revisions. Clause
4. Apr-2001 4.1.1, 4.1.6, 4.7.1, 4.20, 5.0 and 6 Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
amended.
5th Issue - Overall revision to update
5 Mar-2003 Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
to MS ISO 9001:2000
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
th
7 Issue – General revision to update
7 Apr-2009 Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak
to MS ISO 9001: 2008

NOTE :
Please notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements, with copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(includes Copy No.)

N.B. Red-Stamped and numbered


copies are 'controlled' and will
be kept updated.

If you need a copy of this document, please apply to the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this Manual should in the first instance be raised with the Custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

CONTENTS OF QUALITY MANUAL

1.0 SCOPE

2.0 APPLICATIONS

3.0 LIST OF DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

4.0 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4.1 General Requirements


4.2 Documentation Requirements
4.2.1 General
4.2.2 Quality Manual
4.2.3 Control of Documents
4.2.4 Control of Records

5.0 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

5.1 Management Commitment


5.2 Customer Focus
5.3 Quality Policy
5.4 Planning
5.4.1 Quality Objectives
5.4.2 Quality Management System Planning
5.5 Responsibility, Authority and Communication
5.5.1 Responsibility and Authority
5.5.2 Management Representative
5.5.3 Internal Communication
5.6 Management Review
5.6.1 General
5.6.2 Review Input
5.6.3 Review Output

6.0 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

6.1 Provision of Resources


6.2 Human Resources
6.2.1 General
6.2.2 Competence, Awareness and Training
6.3 Infrastructure
6.4 Work Environment

7.0 PRODUCT REALISATION

7.1 Planning of Product Realisation


7.2 Customer Related Processes
7.2.1 Determination of Requirements Related to the Product
7.2.2 Review of Requirements Related to the Product
7.2.3 Customer Communication
7.3 Design and Development
7.3.1 Design and Development Planning
7.3.2 Design and Development Inputs
7.3.3 Design and Development Outputs
7.3.4 Design and Development Review
7.3.5 Design and development Verification

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

7.3.6 Design and Development Validation


7.3.7 Control of Design and Development Changes

7.4 Purchasing
7.4.1 Purchasing Process
7.4.2 Purchasing Information
7.4.3 Verification of Purchased Product
7.5 Product and Service Provision
7.5.1 Control of Production and Service Provision
7.5.2 Validation of Processes for Production and Service Provision
7.5.3 Identification and Traceability
7.5.4 Customer Property
7.5.5 Preservation of Product
7.6 Control of Monitoring and Measurement Devices

8.0 MEASUREMENT, ANALYSIS AND IMPROVEMENT

8.1 General
8.2 Monitoring and Measurement
8.2.1 Customer Satisfaction
8.2.2 Internal Audit
8.2.3 Monitoring and Measurement of Processes
8.2.4 Monitoring and Measurement of Product
8.3 Control of Nonconforming Product
8.4 Analysis of Data
8.5 Improvement
8.5.1 Continual Improvement
8.5.2 Corrective Action
8.5.3 Preventive Action

9.0 LIST OF MANUALS, PROCEDURES, WORK INSTRUCTIONS AND FORMS

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 4 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD


QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TO MS ISO 9001 : 2008
1.0 SCOPE

In response to rapid development and the complex nature of water and wastewater projects in this
region, Bumi Watson (M) Sdn Bhd was established in 1976 to fill the need for specialists in this
particular field. In order to meet the challenges of the vibrant economy, the firm underwent
restructuring and changed its name to BW Perunding Sdn Bhd in 1985, projecting its Malaysian
character and Bumiputera shareholding.

BW Perunding is a customer-focused engineering consultant firm providing full range of services


to public and private clients in all states of Malaysia as well as overseas. The firm is an established
and recognized consultant with a reputation for excellence in design of water and wastewater
systems. The firm is registered as a Body Corporate with the Board of Engineers Malaysia and a
Panel Member of the Association of Consulting Engineers Malaysia.

BW Perunding specialises in civil engineering projects with particular expertise in water resources
development, water supply engineering, flood mitigation and environmental pollution control. The
multi-discipline staff including civil, structural and M&E professionals provides comprehensive
services in

• Water supply engineering, involving dams, water treatment works, pumping stations,
pipelines and reservoirs;

• Wastewater engineering, including sewerage systems, sewage treatment works and sludge
treatment facilities;

• Urban drainage, storm water management and flood mitigation;

• Industrial waste treatment and disposal;

• Municipal solid waste management, transfer stations, sanitary landfills and leachate treatment.

BW Perunding provides a complete range of services - developing initial concepts and ideas from
investigations and studies into practical engineering solutions designed to suit local and particular
conditions. The nature of advisory consulting work varies in complexity and extent with the needs
of a particular project, but generally involves the integration of a variety of technical and scientific
disciplines managed as a team for the successful and economic realization of the project.

BW Perunding is a learned and knowledge-based organization which emphasize on technical


excellence in its service to fully satisfy customer’s requirements. With the commitment of every
BW Perunding staff for continuous improvement in quality, BW Perunding is poised to provide a
standard of service and reliability that meets or exceeds the customer’s requirement for quality,
value and schedule. A formal Quality Management System based on the MS ISO 9001:2008 series
of Quality System model has been developed and maintained.

The scope of registration is PROVISION OF CONSULTING SERVICES IN CIVIL,


STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, WATER AND WASTEWATER
ENGINEERING INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION.

The Quality System does not apply to BWP Accounts Section which has no input in the technical
engineering aspects of the work and so has no impact on the quality of the professional services
offered by BWP.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 5 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

2.0 APPLICATIONS

The Quality Management System is based on the MS ISO 9001:2008 and this Quality Manual has been
revised from the previous versions with the clause numbers according to MS ISO 9001:2008. The
Quality Management System is applicable to all sections in BWP except the Accounts Section which is
not involved in the technical aspects of engineering and hence has no impact on the quality of the
professional services offered by BWP.

3.0 LIST OF DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

DESCRIPTION DEFINITION

Attachment - Any item accompanying a letter or other item of correspondence


which will be filed together with that correspondence.

Audit - An evaluation of the Quality System and documentation. The Auditor


looks for the following:
1. whether the documents conform to the requirements of the ISO
standard
2. whether the ongoing operations conform to the documents, and
3. whether the records show past conformance to the documents.

Authors - The persons within BWP or an external sub-consultant writing a


section or part of a section of a document.

Check Print - A draft version of a drawing imprinted with a “CHECK PRINT” box
for checking.

Concession - Approval to depart from specified requirements.

Controlled Drawing - A drawing whose revision status is of critical importance to the


quality of the product/service supplied by BWP to its clients, and
whose distribution must therefore be formalized and controlled.

Corrective Action - Action taken to eliminate the cause of an existing nonconformity,


defect, or other undesirable situation in order to prevent recurrence.

Controlled Documents - Those documents which form base information for either the quality
system (QA Manual and Procedures) or projects (drawings/reports,
etc.) whose currency is critical to quality control and therefore whose
distribution must be formalized and controlled.

Controlled Project Documents - Project documents or data which form base information for Projects,
whose currency is critical and therefore whose distribution must be
formalized and controlled.

Collator - The person responsible for the coordination and collation of a section
or all of a document.

Contract Documents - For the purpose of this procedure, this term applies to Tender
Documents and Contract Documents. Any document comprising
Conditions of Tender, Special Conditions of Tender, Form of Joint
Venture Guarantee, Form of Tender, Special Conditions of Contract,
Particular Specification, Bill of Quantities, and drawings.

Critical Suppliers - Suppliers of goods or services which have (or potentially have) a
bearing on the quality of BWP's product/service to its clients.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 6 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

DESCRIPTION DEFINITION

Critical Goods Those goods which have (or potentially have) a bearing on the quality
of the product or service supplied to the client.

Design Input - Client brief, design standards, design manuals, technical memoranda,
site investigation reports and other technical literatures to be used in
the development of the design.

Design - All activities involved in the design stage.

Design Memorandum - Document containing detailed information on design criteria including


the standards to be used.

Design Change - Any change to the approved design inputs as may be required by
external sources or internally (if affecting agreed inputs)

Detailed calculation - Document comprising mathematical computations, diagrams,


descriptive or explanatory text and tables used in the derivation of the
qualitative or quantitative description of works.

Drawing - Diagram, plan, graph, figure, illustration or map used by BWP in


reports and designs

Enclosure - Any item which may be detached from the covering letter or
correspondence and may be filed separately from the correspondence

External Auditing - Auditing carried out by an outside auditor (such as SIRIM) other than
(Third Party Auditing) one of BWP’s client (such as JKR).

External Drawing - All drawings received from external sources.

Internal (Quality) Auditing - Auditing carried out periodically by designated company (BWP) staff.
(First Party Auditing)

Nonconformance - Where the product/service which BWP provides to its customers is


unsatisfactory

Project Specific QA - Documents such as Project Work Instructions and other such
Documentation documents, which are produced specifically for work undertaken on a
particular project.

Products - Intermediate products refer to the drawings and reports produced by


BWP for projects. Final products refer to the completed works for the
project such as reservoirs, treatment plants, etc.

QA Documentation - Quality Manual, Procedures, Work Instructions, Master Lists, Project


Quality Plans, etc. which are identified by the Quality System
Manager as "Controlled" Documents and are issued as part of the
Quality Management System

Quality Record - A record which is required to be kept to demonstrate the achievement


of the company's Quality Objectives. This includes all completed QA
forms and attachments generated by the BWP quality system.

Reference Library - Centrally located area for the storage and maintenance of publications
produced by and received by BWP including project materials

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 7 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

DESCRIPTION DEFINITION

Report - A bound or stapled document containing information submitted to the


Client or other organizations on the clients’ behalf.

Second Party Auditing - Auditing carried out by one of BWP’s client (such as JKR) or
customer.

Tender Document - A document containing information pertaining to a particular contract


for the purposes of the tendering of that contract.

Uncontrolled Project Documents - Project documents or data whose currency is not critical and whose
distribution is not controlled

BWP - BW Perunding Sdn. Bhd.

CAD - Computer Aided Design

IQA - Internal Quality Audit

JKR (PWD) - Jabatan Kerja Raya (Public Works Department)

MD - Managing Director

MR - Management Representative

NCR - Nonconformance Report

PE - Project Engineer

PM - Project Manager

PQP - Project Quality Plan

QA - Quality Assurance

QF - Quality (System) Form

QM - Quality Manual

QP - Quality Procedure

QSM - Quality System Manager

S.O. - Superintending Officer

WI - Work Instruction

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 8 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

4.0 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4.1 General Requirements

4.1.1 BWP has established and maintained a written Quality System in accordance with the requirements of
MS ISO 9001:2008. The Quality System is reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that it is effective
and that continuous improvement to the processes is carried out. The process sequence and their
interaction are outlined in the various procedures together with acceptance criteria and are controlled
to ensure its effectiveness. The management of BWP is committed to ensure the availability of
resources and information are regularly updated to support these processes.

The intermediate products are in the form of design plans and even though these are not measured
nevertheless they are being monitored and reviewed according to written procedures. The final
products are in the form of completed works according to design and specifications and during the
construction stage the materials are being monitored and measured before incorporation into the
works.

4.2 Documentation Requirements

4.2.1 General

4.2.1.1 Preparation of the Quality System documentation shall be in accordance with QP010 – Preparation
and Approval of QA Documentation. The diagrammatic representation of the Quality System structure
is as shown below

4.2.2 Quality Manual

4.2.2.1 The Quality System documentation comprises :

i) Quality Manual : this manual sets out the Quality Policy and Quality Objectives and outlines
the way in which the Policy will be implemented and MS ISO 9001:2008 compliance achieved.
Each section of this manual references the related procedures.

ii) Drawing Office Manual : this manual sets out the duties and responsibilities of the persons in
the drawing office including procedures for the preparation and checking of drawings as part of
the services offered by BWP.

iii) Structural Design Manual : this manual provides the Structural Section of BWP on the
procedures for structural design including preparation of structural design drawings.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 9 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

iv) Site Supervision Manual : this manual sets out the duties and responsibilities of the site
supervision personnel at the site. It also includes procedures, controls, inspection and testing
plans to ensure that the completed works are in accordance to design and specifications.

v) Procedures : these documents expand upon the Quality Manual and allocate individual
responsibilities and actions.

vi) Work Instructions : these provide detailed instruction at the point of work and amplify
procedures for the person carrying out the task. They may come in the form of check sheets,
etc., as well as formal written instructions.

vii) Records : these provide the objective evidence which confirms that the procedures of the
Quality System is being complied with. These are generally specially generated Forms

4.2.2.2 The Quality System shall be applied to particular projects by use of Project Quality Plans. A Project
Quality Plan shall be prepared for every project that generates consulting fees of over RM 50,000.00.

4.2.2.3 The interaction between the processes of the Quality System is as shown in the Overall Process Flow
Chart in Appendix QMA (at the back of this Quality Manual).

4.2.2.4 Related Procedures: QP010 - Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation


QP030 - Internal Quality Audits
QP150 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans

4.2.3 Control of Documents

4.2.3.1 Controlled Documents are divided into QA Documentation and Project Specific Documentation.
Control of these documents is effected by QP020 – Controlled Documentation whilst the
distribution of these documents are controlled by WI020 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled
Documentation.

4.2.3.2 Preparation of the QA Documentation shall be carried out by the QSM and approved by the
Managing Director after review during the Management Review Meeting. Project Specific
Documentation shall be reviewed by the Project Manager and approved by the Director
(Admin/Tech).

4.2.3.3 Amendments and updating of the QA Documentation shall be carried out by the QSM to ensure
that the documents are up to date, identifiable, and distributed to all parties concerned. An
electronic version of the QA Documentation is also kept in the server of the BWP computer
network system to ensure that all personnel have ready access to the current version.

4.2.3.4 The Project Manager is responsible for control of the Project Specific Documentation whilst the
Senior draughtsperson shall be responsible for control of the drawings.

4.2.3.5 External documents such as reports and other documents shall be controlled by the Project Manager
through QP170-Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration. External
drawings are dealt with in QP020 – Controlled Documentation.

4.2.3.6 As far as possible copies of Controlled Documents are made from the approved Master Copy and
imprinted with the “Controlled Copy” stamp together with suitable identification. Any copy for
references shall be imprinted with the “Uncontrolled Copy” stamp.

4.2.3.7 Master copies of all the previous superceded versions of QA Documentation shall be retained for
one year and inscribed with the “Superceded” stamp.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 10 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

4.2.3.8 Related Procedures:

QA System

QP010 - Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation


QP020 - Controlled Documentation
- WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation
QP030 - Internal Quality Audits (IQA)
QP040 – Non-conformance, Corrective and Preventive Actions
QP090 - Concessions
QP100 - Management Review
QP130 - Control of Reference Library
QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup

Project Specific

QP020 - Controlled Documentation


- WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation
QP150 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans
QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup
QP170 - Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration
BWP DOM – Drawing Office Manual

4.2.4 Control of Records

4.2.4.1 The procedure for identifying, maintaining, retaining, filing, indexing and disposal of Quality Records
is outlined in QP060 – Quality Records.

4.2.4.2 The procedure contains a list of Quality records required to provide evidence of satisfactory
achievement of BWP’s Quality Objectives and effective operation of the Quality System. This list also
contains the person responsible for the records and the location of where the records are to be kept.
The records are maintained in such a way that they are retrievable and in facilities that provide a
suitable environment to minimise deterioration or damage and to prevent loss

4.2.4.3 The Project Manager through QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans shall also identify and
maintain the Project Specific Quality Records for maintaining, retaining, filing and indexing.

4.2.4.4 QP170 - Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration details the procedures
for control of records for Project Management, Contract Administration, Site Visits and External
Documents received.

4.2.4.5 The retention times of Quality Records shall generally be for a period of 10 years except for QF070/01
– Calibrated/Project Equipment Register and QF070/02 – Equipment Calibration Record which are
kept for only 3 years.

4.2.4.6 Records shall be legible and identifiable to the product or project involved.

4.2.4.7 Procedures for storing of Quality Records on computers are detailed in QP160 – Computer filing and
Backup.

4.2.4.8 BWP has a policy of keeping indefinitely some project paper files/records in long term archive
storage. The work instruction for indexing of archived files is detailed in WI060/01 – Indexing of
Archived Files

4.2.4.9 Where contractually agreed, BWP shall make these records available for evaluation by the Client for
an agreed period.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 11 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

4.2.4.10 Related Procedures and Work Instructions

QP010 – Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation


QP020 – Controlled Documentation
QP060 – Quality Records
WI060/01 – Indexing of Archived Files
QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans
QP170 – Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration

5.0 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

5.1 Management Commitment

5.1.1 The top management of BWP is committed to this Quality Management System and as such has
caused this manual to be documented.

5.1.2 Client’s requirements and statutory as well as regulatory requirements are detailed in the Project
Quality Plan for each project which are circulated to all project team members. These requirements
are also reviewed during the Monthly Project Coordination meetings to ensure that they are met.

5.1.3 The top management has established a Quality Policy as given in Clause 5.3.

5.1.4 BWP has established a Quality Objective which is in line with the Quality Policy. In addition, each
section of the company also has established Quality Objectives relevant to each particular section.

5.1.5 Management reviews are conducted in accordance with QP100 – Management Reviews.

5.1.6 Resources required for each project are identified in the Project Quality Plans and these are
discussed with the Director (Admin/Tech) who will ensure the availability of both human and
infrastructural resources for the successful completion of the project.

5.2 Customer Focus

5.2.1 Client’s requirements are first reviewed under QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up
and Close out for Major Projects.

5.2.2 The Client’s requirements are then listed out in the Project Quality Plans which are made available
to all project team members.

5.2.3 Matters relating to the Client are dealt with in QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints.
This procedure will relate the contact with the Client, obtain feedback from them and record any
complaints received.

5.2.4 Any design changes requested by the Client are dealt with in QP180 – Design (Project) Controls
and Reviews.

5.3 Quality Policy

5.3.1 “BWP’s Quality Policy Is To Provide Technical Excellence In Its Service In Order To
Achieve The Highest Customer Satisfaction

The Top Management Of BWP Is Committed To Implement And Maintain An Effective


Quality Management System Complying With The Requirements Of MS ISO 9001:2008 And
To Achieve Organizational Excellence Through Continuous Improvement

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 12 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

All Heads Of Sections Shall Ensure That The Quality Objectives Established Within Each
Section Are Monitored And Reviewed Periodically To Ensure Its Achievement, Relevancy
And Currency In Data To Comply With The Company’s Quality Policy

5.3.1 Review of Quality Objectives is dealt with in Clause 5.4.1. Review of Quality Policy and Quality
Objectives are detailed out in QP015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives.

5.3.2 A copy of the Quality Policy is given to all staff of BWP and copies are posted at the various notice
boards in the office of BWP, including the site offices.

5.4 Planning

5.4.1 Quality Objectives

5.4.1.1 The current Quality Objectives of BWP and the various sections of the company are as follows:-

Item Section Quality Objectives


To Achieve Zero NCR During External Quality Audits and Zero
1 BWP
Client Complaints.
Administrative Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits and Average
2
Section 6 hours Training per Staff each year.
Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits, Zero Design
3 Civil Section
Changes During Construction and Zero Design Related Defects.
Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits, Zero Design
4 Structural Section
Changes During Construction and Zero Design Related Defects.
Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits, Zero Design
5 M & E Section
Changes During Construction and Zero Design Related Defects.
Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits, Zero Design
6 Sewerage Section
Changes During Construction and Zero Design Related Defects.
Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits and Zero
7 Site Office
Defects Detected During Certificate of Completion Inspections.
Quality System
8 Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits.
Section
Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits and One (1)
9 Drafting Section
Check Print For Each Drawing.

5.4.1.2 Review of Quality Objectives for BWP and all the sections are carried out in accordance with QP015
– Review of Quality Policy and Objectives.

5.4.1.3 Measurement analysis of the Quality Objectives to monitor whether the objectives are being met
are carried out in accordance with QP190 – Statistical Analysis and Continuous Improvement.

5.4.2 Quality Management System Planning

5.4.2.1 Internal Quality Audits are carried out on the Quality System as well as the various sections in
BWP at least once every year or when directed by the top management. The audit is carried out
based on a planned schedule QF030/01 – Audit Schedule prepared by the QSM. (QP030 – Internal
Quality Audits)

5.4.2.2 Client feedback is carried out based on the stages of completion of a project and at least once a year
for each project. (QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints)

5.4.2.3 Calibration of equipment is done on an annual basis or when calibration drift is detected by the
Project Manager. (QP070 – Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment)
Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM
Date: Apr-2009 Page 13 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

5.4.2.4 On an annual basis, a Performance Appraisal will be conducted for each staff member and from
these, training needs will be identified. (QP080 – Qualifications and Training)

5.4.2.5 Management review are carried out twice per year as per QP100 – Management Review.

5.4.2.6 All drawings are checked by the Project Engineer / Project Manager and approved by the Director
(Admin/Tech) before they are released for use. (Refer Drawing Office Manual).

5.4.2.7 Evaluation of the Approved Suppliers List is undertaken once every year and new suppliers are
appraised based on QF120/02 – Approved Supplier Appraisal Form. (QP120 – Purchasing).

5.4.2.8 Before commencement of a project, a contract review is undertaken and the management has to
ensure that the Client’s requirements including statutory and regulatory requirements can be met.
The management also has to ensure that the company has the resources and the capacity to under
take the project. (QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Major
Projects)

5.4.2.9 Project Quality Plans are prepared upon the commencement of each project with a Consulting Fees
of more than RM50,000.00. The Project Quality Plans shall be updated and reviewed upon any
significant change to the stage of completion or scope of works or timing schedule and staff
changes or at least once every year in March. (QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans)

5.4.2.10 All designs and reports have to be checked by the Project Engineer, verified by the Project
Manager, reviewed by the Review Panel and approved by the Director (Admin/Tech) before release
for adoption. (QP180 – Design Controls and Reviews)

5.4.2.11 Analysis of Quality Objectives, Client Feedback and Complaints and Nonconformances are carried
out twice per year and presented to the management during Management Review Meeting.
Analyses of the Internal Audit results are carried out after every audit. These together with the
reviews as outlined above are presented to the management including proposals for continuous
improvement to the Quality System. (QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement)

5.5 Responsibility, Authority and Communication

5.5.1 Responsibility and Authority

5.5.1.1 The inter-relationship of BWP personnel is defined in an organization chart as shown in Figure 5.1.
The Project Manager shall be nominated by the management. Similarly Project Engineer shall be
selected by the Project Manager. The line of responsibility, level of authority and qualifications
required of each personnel are described in Table 5.1. Further job descriptions will be attached to the
Project Quality Plans as deemed necessary by the Project Manager.

5.5.1.2 The individual responsibilities and authority level of personnel towards the Quality System are
documented throughout the Quality Manual especially within quality procedures.

5.5.1.3 Within these procedures, personnel are given the requisite authority and organizational freedom to
control the application of the Quality System, including the recording and control of nonconformance
records and related corrective actions.

5.5.1.4 BWP shall provide adequate resources and /or train suitable personnel to carry out work activities
within the scope of the QA system.

5.5.1.5 Table 5.1 has identified the role of the Quality System Manager (QSM). The Quality System Manager
is the Management Representative (MR). The Quality System Manager has the express responsibility
for the coordination of all QA related issues within the company. The QSM/MR will report directly to
the Management on the effectiveness of the Quality System.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 14 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
QM - Quality Manual

Managing Director

Quality System Manager / Director(Admin/Technical)


Management Representative

Assistant Quality System Technical Directors


Manager

Senior Engineer Senior Engineer Senior Engineer Senior Engineer Senior Engineer Administrative Project Managers /
(Hydrology, Water (Mechanical and (Civil and Water (Sewerage and (Structural) Officer Asst Project
Resources and Electrical) Supply) Drainage) Managers
Geology)

Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Civil Engineer Civil Engineer Structural Engineers Resident Engineers /
Chemical Engineers Mechanical Engineer (Water Supply) (Sewerage and Asst Resident
and Geologists Drainage) Engineers

Clerk, Typist, Site Staff


Technicians Senior Draughtsperson
Receptionist and (Technicians and
Despatch Boy Draughtspersons)

Draughtsperson

Figure 5.1 – BW Perunding Sdn Bhd Organization Chart

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 15 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
QM - Quality Manual

5.5.1.6 In the operation of the Quality System, BWP has also identified the role of Assistant Project Manager.
An Assistant Project Manager shall be nominated for each project and will have the express
responsibility for ensuring that the Quality System is implemented on that project. Other short term
roles may be identified on a “as and when needed” basis to deal with specific quality related issues.

5.5.1.7 Related Procedures: QP010 - Preparation & Approval of QA Documentation


QP150 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans

TABLE 5.1 – JOB DESCRIPTIONS

Job Description Responsibilities, Authorities & Qualification

Managing Director Responsibilities –


• Responsible for all functions / decisions which contribute to professional
and commercial viability of BWP.
• For the definition and implementation of the Quality Policy of the Company,
including provision of sufficient resources and support in the
implementation of the Quality Policy and is the only person with the
authority to amend the Quality Policy.
• Also responsible for the approval of release of the deliverables to the client
and any amendment to the terms of engagement of the services by the client.
Authorities –
• Ultimate authority in finance, personnel, technical professional, business
development, strategic marketing, quality control and strategic planning.
• Authorised to sign on behalf of the company any documents, contracts
and/or staff appointments.
• Authorized to sign company cheques

Director Responsibilities –
(Administration/ • Responsible for the management and administration of the BWP Office in
Technical) Kuala Lumpur.
• Attend periodical management meeting of the company, discuss and review
important issues for decision-making.
Authorities –
• Authorized to sign company cheques up to designated limits and issue
payments for the office. When the amount exceeds the limit, together with
the Managing Director’s signature, signs and issues for the office.
• With the consent of the M. D., authorized to sign on behalf of the company
any documents, contracts and/or appointments

Technical Directors Responsibilities –


Responsible for maintaining the technical standard within their expertise area.
• Guide the technical staff within their division in carrying out their tasks and
give directions.
• Play a major role in establishing and implementing the Company’s Quality
System
Authorities –
• Authorized to discuss with the Management, various issues related to the
company and the progress of the company and advise the management in
their respective areas of expertise.
• Authorized to liaise with client and other government bodies on behalf of the
company
Qualifications –
• Must have specialist technical and/or project management skills, involved in
promotion of firm. Able to take full commercial and financial responsibility
for project.

Issue : 6 Document No: BWP QM


Date :Jun-2004 Page 16 of 34
Quality Manual

TABLE 5.1 – JOB DESCRIPTIONS (cont’d)

Job Description Responsibilities, Authorities & Qualification

Quality System Responsibilities –


Manager/Management • Responsible for ensuring that the Company’s Quality System is established,
Representative implemented and maintained.
• Also responsible for amendments to the Quality System, to ensure that the
Quality System continues to be suitable, relevant and effective.
• Analysing various sources of information regularly to detect any trends and
then to identify potential problems.
• Reporting the performance of the quality system to the management for
review and improvement.
• Review of non-conformances and preventive actions to be taken.
Authorities –
• Authorized to make changes to the Quality Manual and Procedures to ensure
its effectiveness and conformity to our current method of working and office
systems
• Authorized to liaise with the third party certification body in matters relating
to the Quality System and its management thereof.
Qualifications –
• At least a Senior Engineer of not less than 15 years experience, good
communication skills and had served as a member of previous QA
committees.

Senior Engineers Responsibilities –


• Responsible for the effective management of the works within the respective
divisions such as Hydrology & Geology, Civil Water Supply, Civil
Structural, Mechanical & Electrical Engineering, Sewerage & Drainage.
• Assign suitable works to the engineers within their respective divisions;
supervise and monitor to ensure high quality of the work and efficient time
management.
Authorities –
• Authorized to liaise with the Clients and other governmental bodies on behalf
of the company.
Qualifications –
• Minimum 10 years of relevant experience, generally with PEng and able to
work independently and able to lead team of engineers.

Civil Engineers, Reports to Senior Engineer for the respective division.


Structural Engineers, Responsibilities –
Electrical Engineers, • Responsible for carrying out the tasks assigned by the Senior Engineer and
Mechanical Engineers, completing the tasks efficiently to a high technical standard, as specified by
Hydrologists and the respective Senior Engineer.
Geologists
Authorities –
• On approval from the Senior Engineer, authorized to liaise with the Clients
and other governmental bodies on behalf of the company on limited issues.
• Not authorized to commit purchase orders on behalf of the company.
Qualifications –
• Minimum 27 years of age, minimum years of relevant experience 4, and able
to work independently with nominal supervision.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 17 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

TABLE 5.1 – JOB DESCRIPTIONS (cont’d)

Job Description Responsibilities, Authorities & Qualification

Project Managers Reports to the Director (Admin/Technical).

Responsibilities –
• Responsible for the day to day contact with the client, client satisfaction
regarding performance of the project, delivery on time, to budget and with
required quality, cooperation at all levels of the firm and project profitability.
• Also responsible for the release of all reports, submissions and
correspondence of general nature which does not have any contractual
implications or significant technical importance, with the exception of
approval of release of the deliverables under the engagement of services to
the client, any amendment to the terms of engagement of services by the
client.
• Also responsible for coordinating the design works, drawing preparation,
report preparation and other works within BWP office related to the project
• Prepare a Quality Assurance Plan for the project and provide support to the
QSM in implementing the same.
• Budget and time management of the project in all stages.
• During the construction stage liaise with the client, site staff and contractor;
monitor and control the progress; certify monthly statements; prepare
monthly progress reports; monitor and control the quality of the project
including approval of materials and methods.
Authorities –
• Authorized to liaise with the clients and other governmental bodies on behalf
of the company relating to the projects with the knowledge of the Director
(Admin/Technical).
• Not authorized to sign any letter that involves contractual or financial matters
which may have an effect on the company.
Qualifications –
• At least 5 years of relevant working experience in the skills needed for the
particular project and with good communication and interpersonal skills.

Asst Project Managers/ Reports to the Director (Admin/Technical) or Project Manager.


Project Engineers
Responsibilities –
• Assist the Project Manager to manage the project, coordinate with the client,
BWP staff and others related to the project, prepare proposals, tenders,
reports and designs.
Authorities –
• Authorized to liaise with the Clients and other governmental bodies on behalf
of the company with the knowledge of the Project Manager.
• Not authorized to commit on purchase orders without the consent of the
Director (Admin/Technical) / Project Managers.
Qualifications –
• At least 2 years of relevant working experience in the skills needed for the
particular project.

Resident Engineers Reports to the Director (Tech/Administration), Project Manager of each contract.
Responsibilities –
Responsible for the daily site supervision activities and ensuring that the
Contract Specifications and Documents are adhered to by the Contractor,
through site inspections.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 18 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

TABLE 5.1 – JOB DESCRIPTIONS (cont’d)

Job Description Responsibilities, Authorities & Qualification

Resident Engineers • On behalf of the PM, liaise with BWP Technical Departments, client and
(Cont’d) contractor on technical matters related to the site.
• Responsible for monitoring and maintaining the Progress Control, Cost
Control and Quality Control.
• Responsible for implementation of the Quality System procedures at the site.
• Responsible for the administration of the site office and staff.
• Make recommendations to the PM on the approval of materials and method of
construction.
• Checking measurements of work done at site.
Authorities –
• Day to day site office administration and management of site staff.
• No Authority to act on behalf of the company.
• No Authority to go beyond the conditions and requirements as set out in the
contract and the contract documents for the project.
• Specific authorities as delegated by the Managing Director from time to time.
Qualifications –
• At least 3 years of relevant site experience on related type of engineering.

Site Technicians Reports to the Resident Engineer of each Contract.


Responsibilities -
• Responsible in assisting the RE for Site Supervision and ensuring that the
Contract Specifications and Documents are adhered to by the Contractor,
through site inspections.
• Responsible for following the Quality System procedures at the site.
Authorities -
• Not authorised to act on behalf of the company.
• No Authority to go beyond the conditions and requirements as set out in the
contract and the contract documents for the project.
Qualifications –
• Minimum with technical Diploma and at least 1 year of experience.

Senior Draughtsperson Responsibilities -


• Administration of the Draughting staff in co-ordinating their works and duties
with the Project Managers and Engineers.
• Overall supervision of the work in the Draughting Office and to make sure
the drawings are completed within the specified time frame.
• To check and file the incoming and outgoing drawings. The external
drawings include survey plans and any other drawings received from the
client or supplier or sub consultant. Drawing numbers have to be assigned
and details recorded in the Register before use by the Engineers / Draughting
staff.
• To ensure that computer equipment, drawing materials and other consumable
items such as ink cartridges for the printers/plotters are made available.
• To represent the Draughtspersons in meetings and discussions with
Directorate or Senior Engineers.
• To recommend to the Directorate any training for the Draughtspersons.
• Any other duties assigned by the Managing Director and Director
(Administration & Technical).
Qualifications -
• Minimum with technician certificate/diploma and at least 10 years of drawing
office experience.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 19 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

TABLE 5.1 – JOB DESCRIPTIONS (cont’d)

Job Description Responsibilities, Authorities & Qualification

Draughtspersons Responsibilities –
• To follow the standard BWP procedures and prepare the drawings with the
information provided by the Project Managers and Engineers.
• To produce the drawings accurately and speedily within the specified time;
• To name drawing files properly, save and store them as instructed by the
Senior Draughtsperson so that the drawing files can be easily traceable.
• Any other duties assigned by the Managing Director or Director
(Administration & Technical) or Senior Draughtsperson.
Qualifications -
• Minimum with technician certificate/diploma in relevant design field.

Secretary/Clerk(s) Responsibilities -
• Responsible for communicating all requests or inquiries to the MD or
Director (Admin/Technical), Administrative Officer or the relevant Project
Manager(s), including client (customer) complaints.
• Also responsible for maintaining filing system and recording incoming and
outgoing correspondence.

Administrative Officer Responsibilities -


• Assisting the Director (Administration) in managing matters relating to
human resources, service and leave records in the company and coordinating
the typing work in the office.
• Purchasing, storekeeping of office stationeries/consumables and equipment
as well as distributing the items purchased for the office use.
• Maintaining an inventory of items mentioned above.
• Also responsible for performing any other tasks as instructed by the Director
(Admin/Technical).

Typists/Clerks Responsibilities -
• Typing the documents and office correspondence using computers and
electronic typewriters.
• Responsible for communicating all requests or enquiries to the Director
(Admin/Technical) /Administrative Officer or Project Managers including
client (customer) complaints.
• Also responsible for maintaining filing system.

5.5.2 Management Representative

5.5.2.1 To show the commitment of the top management in the Quality System, BWP has been appointing
one of the Technical Directors as the Management Representative (MR). The MR who is also the
Quality System Manager is responsible for the establishment, implementation and maintenance of
the Quality System. The QSM may set up a quality system committee together with an Assistant
Quality System Manager to assist him/her in carrying out the duties.

5.5.2.2 The QSM will report to the top management on the performance of the Quality System according to
the agenda prepared in QP100 – Management Review including any proposals for improvement.

5.5.2.3 The QSM shall also ensure the promotion of awareness of the Quality System through the
distribution of the Quality Policy, circulation of any amendments of the QA documentation,
newsletters and postings on the notice boards.

5.5.3 Internal Communication


Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM
Date: Apr-2009 Page 20 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

5.5.3.1 Internal communication amongst the staff is effected through QP200 – Communications.

5.6 Management Review

5.6.1 General

5.6.1.1 BWP top management shall undertake at least a half yearly review (or sooner if necessary) of the
Quality System to verify its continuing suitability adequacy and effectiveness. The review shall be
performed against a preset agenda as per QF100/01 – Management review Meeting Agenda.

5.6.1.2 Review for continuous improvement is detailed in QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous
Improvement whilst QP015 - Review of Quality Policy and Objectives will deal with review of
Quality Policy and Objectives.

5.6.1.3 Records of the management review meeting are considered as quality records and the format is as
given in QF100/02 – Management review Meeting record.

5.6.1.4 A diagram illustrating the relationships between various reviews and the Management Review is
shown in Figure 5.2.

Internal Audit External Audit

Review Customer Resources Review Non- Review Of Review of Proposals for


Of Feedback & And Of Conformances, QM And Quality Policy Continuous
Audit Complaints Training Performance Corrective & Procedures & Objectives Improvement
Results Review Of Preventive
Suppliers Action
And Review
Contractors/
Consultants

MANAGEMENT
REVIEW
(half-yearly)

Figure 5.2 – The Overall Management Review Process of the QA System

5.6.2 Review Input

5.6.2.1 Figure 5.2 shows the various inputs required for the management review and at the start of each
management review meeting, the minutes of the previous meeting shall be confirmed and any follow
up action required shall be discussed during the meeting.

5.6.2.2 Process performance and product conformity are reviewed according to QP180 – Design (Project)
Controls and Reviews.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 21 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

5.6.2.3 The Quality System Manager shall ensure that the review actions are allocated to appropriate
personnel and shall follow up to verify that the actions have been completed and are effective.

5.6.3 Review Output

5.6.3.1 The QSM shall be responsible for the implementation of the changes and improvement to the Quality
System and ensure the effective implementation through circulation of the changes to the staff and any
training as required.

5.6.3.2 Improvement of design processes shall be discussed during the Monthly Project Coordination Meeting
and discussed with the Project Managers for implementation.

5.6.3.3 The Director (Admin/Tech) shall be responsible for any new requirements for human and
infrastructure resources.

6.0 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

6.1 Provision of Resources

6.1.1 The QSM will discuss with the Director (Admin/Tech) in the setting up of a ISO Committee and the
appointment of staff to this committee. The ISO Committee shall consist of the QSM, Assistant QSM,
Lead Internal Auditor, Asst Lead Internal Auditor, Internal Auditor(s), Quality System Assistant and a
Secretary. The QSM in consultation with the Director (Admin/Tech) may rotate the staff in the
committee to provide training and exposure to other staff. The organization chart for the ISO
Committee is shown in Figure 6.1.

6.1.2 Project team members and infrastructure resources are identified in the Project Quality Plans for each
project. (QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans)

Quality System Manager

Secretary

Asst Quality System Manager

Lead Internal Auditor

Asst Lead Internal Auditor

Internal Auditor(s) Quality System Assistant

Figure 6.1 – Organisation Chart of ISO Committee

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 22 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

6.2 Human Resources

6.2.1 General

6.2.1.1 The Director (Admin/Tech) shall be responsible to ensure that personnel performing work affecting
product quality are competent, have the proper education, trained with the necessary skills and
experienced in their field of work.

6.2.1.2 The Admin Officer shall maintain a summary list of the staff which shall include; name, summary of
qualifications, years of experience, current designation and location of posting in accordance with
QP080 – Qualifications and Training.

6.2.2 Competence, Awareness and Training

6.2.2.1 The Project Manager shall identify the staff necessary for carrying out the design work, verification or
checking and the review. He/she shall then discuss the staff requirements with the Director
(Admin/Tech) who shall then allocate competent staff for the project. Training required for staff
without the necessary experience shall also be identified by the Project Manager through QF080/02 –
Training Request Application.

6.2.2.2 The QSM shall be responsible for identifying staff required for carrying out checks on the
effectiveness of the Quality System. In addition he shall also identify the training needs of all staff of
BWP in order for them to understand the appropriate Quality Manuals, other manuals, procedures and
work instructions. The QSM shall draw up a training need matrix for discussion and approval by the
top management.

6.2.2.3 Upon completion of training for the staff, the staff is required to complete Form QF080/03 – Training
Course Evaluation Form to evaluate the effectiveness of the training provided.

6.2.2.4 Head of Sections shall be responsible for promoting the awareness of the Quality Objectives of their
respective sections and how they contribute in achieving them.

6.2.2.5 The Admin Officer shall be responsible for maintaining the records of education, training, skills and
experience in accordance with QP080 – Qualification and Training.

6.3 Infrastructure

6.3.1 The Director (Admin/Tech) after consultation with the Managing Director shall determine the
necessary infrastructure such as working space and associated utilities.

6.3.2 Any staff who finds that the working space or associated utilities such as toilets, air-conditioning,
tables and chairs wanting shall raise such needs to the Admin. Officer through the Purchase
Requisition Forms or during the Monthly Project Coordination Meetings.

6.3.3 The process equipment used by BWP are mainly in the form of computers and printers with the
necessary software be it technical or non technical. In addition BWP has installed a computer
network system together with a server in the head office. The Director (Admin/Tech) shall appoint
a member of the staff to maintain the computers and printers to ensure that they are in working
order at all times. Software used shall have the proper license and any request for software or
updating of software shall be brought to the attention of the Director (Admin/Tech).

6.3.4 Communication with the staff are dealt with under QP200 – Communications and are effected
through the computer network system, newsletter, notice board and circulation of memos.

6.4 Work Environment

6.4.1 The Admin Officer shall be responsible for maintaining the work environment in the office of
BWP.
Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM
Date: Apr-2009 Page 23 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

6.4.2 Toilet facilities shall be cleaned on a daily basis and consumables topped up. Air conditioning shall
be serviced on a regular basis and if necessary, preventive maintenance actions initiated.

6.4.3 Lightings which are defective shall be replaced immediately and office equipment replaced if
damaged.

6.4.4 The Director (Admin/Tech) shall ensure that any request for replacement of faulty office equipment
shall be looked into and resolved within the shortest possible time.

7.0 PRODUCT REALISATION

7.1 Planning of Product Realization

7.1.1 The planning for each project is effected through the preparation of a quality plan in accordance
with QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans. A Project Quality Plan shall be prepared for
every project that generates fees of more than RM50,000.00.

7.1.2 Work Instruction WI150-01 – Project Quality Plans details the steps and items to be included in
each Project Quality Plans.

7.1.3 Each Project Quality Plan shall list out the Client’s requirements, the relevant quality procedures
required, the standards or code of practices for compliance and also the resources required.

7.1.4 Verification and review of the designs and drawings shall be in accordance with QP180 – Design
(Project) Controls and Reviews together with the acceptance criteria. Validation of the final product
i.e. the completed works at the site shall be through the results of testing and commissioning.

7.1.5 Testing and inspection of the works shall be in accordance with Site Supervision Manual.

7.1.6 Results for verification of designs, drawings and reports shall be recorded in QF180/01 – Design
Checklist, QF180/02 – Design Verification Form and QF180/03 - Review/Technical Review
Summary Sheet

7.1.7 Records of testing and inspection of the works at the site shall be the responsibility of the Resident
Engineer in accordance with Project Quality Plan for that project and also the Site Supervision
Manual.

7.2 Customer-Related Processes

7.2.1 Determination of Requirements Related to the Product

7.2.1.1 The Client’s requirements including the objective of the project shall be detailed out in the Project
Quality Plans. The Project shall also detailed out the statutory and regulatory requirements
including the necessary applications and approvals needed for the project.

7.2.1.2 Delivery of the drawings, documents and report shall normally be by courier service. If there are
specific delivery requirements such as through e-mail or by hand, these should be specified in the
project Quality Plans.

7.2.1.3 Any additional requirements such as project management requirements, any concession agreements
raised, model testing, etc. should also be specified in the Project Quality Plans.

7.2.2 Review of Requirements Related to the Product

7.2.2.1 For projects where a proposal has to be submitted, there should be review of the project and the
requirements in accordance with QP140 Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out of

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 24 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

Projects. Records of the review at the proposal stage shall be in QF140/01–Proposal and Contract
Review.

7.2.2.2 For projects where BWP has been appointed to engineer the services, the review of the project and
requirements shall be in accordance with QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and
Close-out for Projects. There may be instances where upon submission of a proposal under Clause
7.2.2.1 above, there may be changes to the scope, terms and conditions of the award. In this case
the project has to be reviewed in accordance with QP180 before acceptance.

7.2.2.3 Results of the review under QP140 shall be recorded in form QF140/01 – Proposal and Contract
Review and a job description of the project recorded in QF140/02 – Contract Review Job
Description Form.

7.2.2.4 During the course of the project there may be changes requested by the Client and such changes
shall be dealt with in accordance with QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews and
recorded in QF180/04 – Contract/Design Change Form. Such change shall also be reflected in the
Project Quality Plans and the project team members informed accordingly.

7.2.3 Customer Communication

7.2.3.1 The procedure for liaison with the Client shall be in accordance with QP050 – Client Liaison,
Feedback and Complaints. Contacts with the Clients shall also be listed in the Project Quality Plans
for the information of all project team members.

7.2.3.2 Feedback from the Client shall be carried out in accordance with the stages of completion of the
project using Form QF050/03.

7.2.3.3 Client complaints should be recorded in QF050/01 - Client Complaint Report and reviewed under
QF050/02 – Client Complaint Review.

7.3 Design and Development

7.3.1 Design and Development Planning

7.3.1.1 The planning for each project shall be in accordance with QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality
Plans. These plans should be prepared at the start of each project after a contract review under
QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects.

7.3.1.2 The updating of the Project Quality Plans should be in accordance with QP150 – Preparation of
Project Quality Plans but should be at least at the completion of each stage of the project.

7.3.1.3 The required reviews and verification of the project design, reports, drawings and documents shall
be outlined in the Project Quality Plans and carried out in accordance with QP180 - Design
(Project) Controls and Reviews. The responsibilities and authorities for design and approval and the
Review Panel shall also be specified in the Project Quality Plans.

7.3.1.4 The interfaces of the different sections in BWP who are involved in the project shall be planned out
in an organization chart to show the responsibilities of their respective sections. Each project team
member shall have access to the Project Quality Plan.

7.3.2 Design and Development Inputs

7.3.2.1 Design input requirements are detailed out in QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews.

7.3.2.2 The input shall include design/acceptance criteria, publications or standards, information from
previous designs, statutory and regulatory requirements etc. and/or relating to contract
administration during construction stage

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 25 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

7.3.2.3 Requirements for records, reports and data required from the Client, third parties and other statutory
bodies such as JPS, Statistic Department, site visit, schedule of visit, and data to be collected shall
also be identified and established.

7.3.2.4 The Project Inputs shall be updated when necessary and its adequacy, sufficiency and suitability for
the requirement of the project shall be checked. By signing the Project Quality Plan, the Project
Manager confirms that the design input has been reviewed and is satisfactory.

7.3.3 Design and Development Outputs

7.3.3.1 The design output shall contain calculations, analysis, drawings, plans and tender documents.
Calculations shall be prepared in accordance with WI180-01 - Checking of Detailed Calculations.

7.3.3.2 The output should provide information for preparing bills of quantities, specifications, technical
schedules and acceptance criteria. If possible characteristics of construction methods, testing
methods and safe handling of the works should be detailed either in the drawings or specifications

7.3.4 Design and Development Review

7.3.4.1 Design reviews shall be undertaken in accordance with the Works Programme in the Project
Quality Plan by a Review Panel. The Review Panel will normally be the heads of sections or team
leader as per the organization chart or other specialists as required. The Project Director may
appoint one of the Technical Directors as the Lead Reviewer.

7.3.4.2 Design reviews are to be carried out on the tasks identified. These reviews take a broader approach
and seek to ensure that the “correct” components such as the appropriate technology, technical
standards, etc. are being applied

7.3.4.3 Project review shall be recorded in QF180/03 – Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet and
include the date(s) of review, list of all representatives involved and details of any decisions made
and follow up action required.

7.3.5 Design and Development Verification

7.3.5.1 The design output shall be verified and the verification recorded by the identified personnel
nominated by the Project Manager. Drawings shall be checked in accordance with BWP DOM-
Drawing Office Manual.

7.3.5.2 Design check shall be carried out by the personnel nominated by Project Manager to verify each
work has been satisfactory completed by filling out QF180/01 – Design Checklist.

7.3.5.3 For reports and tender documents, the author of the particular section or document shall fill out
Form QF180/02 – Design Verification Form and the Project Manager shall check the report to
ensure that the design outputs have met the design input requirements.

7.3.6 Design and Development Validation

7.3.6.1 Design validation shall be carried out at the construction stage to validate the design outputs and
that it meets the Client’s requirements.

7.3.6.2 The Project Manager shall review the results of testing and commissioning of the works and
prepare a report on the findings in the Project Completion Report for submission to the Client. Any
further improvements in the design should also be noted and should be circulated to the staff for
improvements in future projects.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 26 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

7.3.7 Control of Design and Development Changes

7.3.7.1 Once a design has been verified it shall not be changed without the approval of the Director
(Admin/Tech). In the event of prolonged absence of the Director (Admin/Tech), the Project
Manager may authorize a Design Change

7.3.7.2 To obtain agreement for a design change, Form QF180/04 - Contract/Design Change, must be
completed by the proposer. The form shall be submitted to the Director (Admin/Tech) via the
Project Manager. Where appropriate, the Project Manager shall obtain the Client's agreement before
carrying out the design change

7.3.7.3 Where necessary, additional or revised calculations shall be filed with the original calculations and
clearly indicate the scope of all changes considered. Original calculations, which become
superseded by the design change, shall be clearly annotated and the additional or revised
calculations checked in accordance with the requirements of WI180-01 - Checking of Detailed
Calculations.

7.4 Purchasing

7.4.1 Purchasing Process

7.4.1.1 Goods and services procured by BWP which have (or potentially have) a bearing on the quality of
product or service supplied to Clients, shall be subject to written purchasing procedures QP120 –
Purchasing to ensure that they conform to specified requirements

7.4.1.2 BWP have established a procedure for the formal approval of suppliers and shall maintain a Master
List of Approved Suppliers with categories of critical goods or services they are approved to supply.
Before inclusion in the Approved Supplier’s List, the supplier shall be assessed using Form QF120/02
- Approved Supplier Appraisal Form.

7.4.1.3 The review of the Supplier’s List shall be carried out at least once every year and/or at the
completion of a project. The review must consider the performance of the Supplier throughout the
year/project and be recorded in QF120/03 – Supplier Performance Appraisal form.

7.4.2 Purchasing Information

7.4.2.1 The purchasing documents shall contain data clearly describing the product ordered, including
where applicable specifications, relevant technical and background data, drawings process, or other
precise identification, quantity, date required, presentation, documentation requirement, cost and
payment terms

7.4.2.2 Where certain services e.g. testing of water samples are required, the competency and qualification
of the firm and the personnel performing the test should be specified.

7.4.2.3 Relevant Quality System requirements including uncontrolled copies of the relevant BWP’s Quality
Procedures, Forms and Project Quality Plan should be attached as necessary.

7.4.3 Verification of Purchased Product

7.4.3.1 Where BWP proposes to verify the purchased product, BWP shall specify verification
arrangements and the method of product release in the purchasing documents.

7.4.3.2 Where specified in the contract, the Client’s or BWP’s representative shall be afforded the right to
verify at the supplier’s premises that the product conforms to specified requirements. Such verification
shall not be used by BWP as evidence of effective control of quality by the supplier. Verification by
the Client shall not absolve BWP of the responsibility to provide acceptable product, nor shall it
preclude subsequent rejection by the Client.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 27 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

7.4.3.3 Purchased goods such as hydraulic modeling computer software shall be verified against the purchase
order before use. Documentation of such verification shall be a signature on the purchase order with a
remark such as “checked”.

7.5 Production and Service Provision

7.5.1 Control of Production and Service Provision

7.5.1.1 Preparation of reports and tender documents shall be carried out by the Admin Section after the
reports have been drafted by the Project Engineer. The completed document shall be subjected to
verification and review in accordance with QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews.

7.5.1.2 Preparation of drawings shall be in accordance with BWP DOM - Drawing Office Manual and
subject to verification and review under QP180 - Design (Project) controls and Reviews

7.5.1.3 All reports, tender documents and drawings shall be approved by the Director (Admin/Tech) before
release for use.

7.5.1.4 BWP does not provide servicing within the context of ISO 9001:2008.

7.5.2 Validation of Processes for Production and Service Provision

7.5.2.1 BWP does not provide any validation of processes for production and service provision in the
office as the products are intermediate products in the form of design reports and drawings.

7.5.2.2 However for certain projects and when required by the Client, a hydraulic modeling may be carried
out to validate the design processes.

7.5.3 Identification and Traceability

7.5.3.1 All reports and tender documents shall have an identification mark in the form of a footer at the
bottom left hand side of the page. Procedure for carrying out this task is detailed in QP160 –
Computer Filing and Backup. This however is not applicable for covers of the report and
documents.

7.5.3.2 All drawings shall have a unique drawing number together with the status of the drawing all in
accordance with BWP DOM - Drawing Office Manual. The Senior Draughtsperson shall be
responsible for the maintenance of the status of the drawing in a controlled drawing register.

7.5.4 Customer Property

7.5.4.1 It is to be noted that for BWP’s business, client supplied products relate to information supplied by the
Client and are normally in the form of drawings, data or report. They will be checked and controlled in
accordance with QP020 – Controlled Documentation .

7.5.4.2 Where BWP receives material (data, reports, information, etc.) from Clients to enable it to carry out its
contractual responsibilities, this material shall be checked upon receipt for completeness and
suitability. Any client-supplied material, which is deemed lost, damaged and/or unsuitable for use in a
BWP product, shall be recorded and reported to the Client as set out in QP170 - Process Control –
Project Management and Contract Administration.

7.5.4.3 Client supplied products in the form of reports and data shall be checked and verified by the Project
Manager prior to use or incorporation in the design. These products shall be listed in QF020/04 –
Controlled External Project Document.

7.5.4.4 Client supplied product in the form of drawings shall be dealt with in accordance to QP020-
Controlled Documentation and recorded in QF020/05 – External Drawing Register.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 28 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

7.5.5 Preservation of Product

7.5.5.1 BWP has established and shall maintain systems for the presentation, filing, archiving and delivery of
information, documents, data, drawings, reports, etc as detailed out in QP130 – Control of Reference
Library and BWP DOM-Drawing Office Manual.

7.5.5.2 BWP shall prepare and present reports and documents in an appropriate format, except that where
presentation/format is specified by the Client, then these requirements shall take precedence.

7.6 Control of Monitoring and Measuring Devices

7.6.1 BWP has established and maintained procedures for inspection and testing of work including plant
and equipment during the construction and commissioning stages of project. Project Managers will
ensure Project Quality Plan include the inspection and testing required including the list of
equipment necessary for construction supervision and project management and in accordance with
the Site Supervision Manual. The list of equipment shall be listed in QF070/01 – Calibrated/Project
Equipment Register.

7.6.2 BWP has established and maintains procedures for controlling all measuring and testing equipment in
QP070 – Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment. Project Managers will ensure Quality Plans
include written procedures for regular inspection of any equipment used. Records of Calibration shall
be in QF070/02 – Equipment Calibration Record.

7.6.3 For projects with multiple contracts the Project Manager will use his/her discretion on the necessity
of such equipment for the smaller contracts and propose other forms of testing and measurement. In
addition BWP has established and shall maintain procedures which show which project inspections
/reviews have been carried out. The Quality Plan will define the internal review stages of a project

7.6.4 The Resident Engineer shall be responsible for the calibration, maintenance and storage of the
equipment.

8.0 MEASUREMENT, ANALYSIS AND IMPROVEMENT

8.1 General

8.1.1 BWP has established procedures to plan and implement the monitoring, measurement, analysis and
improvement processes.

8.1.2 Conformity of product is controlled by QP030 – Internal Quality Audits, customer feedback
through QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints and also through the measurement of
the Quality Objectives of each section in BWP.

8.1.3 Conformity of the Quality Management System is through QP030 – Internal Quality Audits and
QP040 – Nonconformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions.

8.1.4 Continuous improvement of the effectiveness of the Quality Management System is through QP015
– Review of Quality Policy and Objectives and QP190 – Statistical Techniques and Continual
Improvement.

8.2 Monitoring and Measurement

8.2.1 Customer Satisfaction

8.2.1.1 The procedure for monitoring information relating to customer perception as to whether the project
meets the Client requirements is detailed in QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 29 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

8.2.1.2 Through this procedure, feedback from the clients is required at specified stages using form
QF050/03.

8.2.1.3 The Project Manager upon receiving the completed forms shall analyze it to see how the comments by
the client relate to the project, whether it constitute a Client Complaint or whether there are rooms for
improvement on the procedures or design

8.2.1.4 All the completed Client Feedback forms shall be passed on to the Quality System Manager who shall
analyze it according to procedure BWP QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement.

8.2.2 Internal Audit

8.2.2.1 BWP has established and shall maintain written procedures to schedule, plan, carry out and follow-up
on audits as per QP030 – Internal Quality Audits.

8.2.2.2 Internal Quality Audits are carried out on the Quality System as well as the various sections in
BWP at least once every year or when directed by the top management. The audit is carried out
based on a planned schedule QF030/01 – Audit Schedule prepared by the QSM.

8.2.2.3 The QSM upon consultation with the Lead Internal Auditor shall plan out on which sections and
the auditing programme to be carried out by the team of Internal Auditors.

8.2.2.4 Audit Review results shall be included at the Management Review Meeting.

8.2.3 Monitoring and Measurement of Processes

8.2.3.1 The measurement of the process is effected through the recording of NCR received in accordance
with QP040 – Nonconformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions and during Internal Quality
Audits.

8.2.3.2 In addition, Quality Objectives for each section are also measured to monitor the compliance with
the quality system.

8.2.3.3 The results of these measurements are then analyzed in accordance with QP190 – Statistical
Technique and Continuous Improvement.

8.2.4 Monitoring and Measurement of Product

8.2.4.1 Customer feedback is obtained at suitable stages of completion of the project to ensure that the
project meets the Client’s requirements. Points system is given to the feedback forms and analyze
accordingly in QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement.

8.2.4.2 During commissioning and testing of a project upon completion, the number of remarks or Client
complaints are also measured.

8.3 Control of Nonconforming Product

8.3.1 BWP has established and maintains procedures for Controlling of Nonconforming Products/ Services
through QP040 – Nonconformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions. All BWP personnel are
responsible for identifying any non-conformances (NC) but the Project Manager/Senior
Engineer/Resident Engineer shall be responsible for the control of the NC. The QSM shall ensure
that either corrective actions are taken for all NC to prevent any recurrence of the NC or that
preventive actions are initiated to prevent NC from occurring.

8.3.2 All BWP personnel are responsible for identifying any non-conformances (NC) but the Project
Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer shall be responsible for the control of the NC. Once

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 30 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

an NCR has been raised the Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer shall as soon as
possible take actions to rectify the NC

8.3.3 Project Quality Plans include internal reviews which ensure that instances of Nonconformance are
recorded and acted upon so that any related reports and documentation are not forwarded to the Client.

8.3.4 The Nonconforming documents and reports shall be clearly identified to preclude their submission to
the Client by using a “Superceded” stamp.

8.3.5 Any nonconformances detected shall be recorded in QF040/01 – Nonconformances Report (NCR)
and a review of the Nonconformances shall be in the format QF040/03 for submission during the
Management Review Meeting.

8.4 Analysis of Data

8.4.1 Analysis of data is in accordance with QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous
Improvement.

8.4.2 Data that are required to be collected include customer feedback, quality objectives measurement,
nonconformances recorded, customer complaints and internal quality audit results,

8.5 Improvement

8.5.1 Continual Improvement

8.5.1.1 Continual improvement of the Quality Management System is through both quality and quantitative
analysis in accordance with QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement.

8.5.1.2 Internal Quality Audits are carried out for each section and a point award system implemented for
each section to monitor and indicate the performance of section, whether there is improvement or
otherwise. If there is a repeat of same NCR for a section, the NCR will become a checklist item in
the Internal Quality Audit checklist.

8.5.1.3 Quality objectives of BWP and each section are also analyzed to monitor the performance on
whether it is achieved and if not, the root cause of the problem will be analyzed and new objectives
set. If the problem lies with the procedures or work instructions, then these will be reviewed.

8.5.1.3 Proposals for continuous improvement will be submitted to the top management during the
Management Review Meeting.

8.5.2 Corrective Action

8.5.2.1 BWP has established and shall maintain a documented procedure for implementing corrective and
action in QP040 –Nonconformances, Corrective and Preventive Action.

8.5.2.2 The Project Manager /Senior Engineer /Resident Engineer should also investigate the root cause or
contributory cause of the NCR and refer to the relevant quality procedures, work instructions and
quality forms and investigate for any anomalies or deficiencies that may cause the NCR and report
such anomalies or deficiencies including any proposed amendments to the QSM

8.5.2.3 Analyses of Nonconformances, Client Complaints, Concessions and Corrective and Preventive
Actions and follow-ups shall be submitted via the QSM to the Management Review Meeting for
consideration and further action if deemed necessary

8.5.2.4 The Quality System Manager shall investigate causes of nonconformances and ensure that agreed
corrective actions are taken to prevent recurrence. These investigations and the outcome shall be
recorded
Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM
Date: Apr-2009 Page 31 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

8.5.2.5 Client complaints shall be recorded and responded to, and together with concessions and
Nonconformance reports be analyzed to identify the causes of nonconformances. Where these are
identified the Quality System Manager shall initiate appropriate corrective and preventative action

8.5.3 Preventive Action

8.5.3.1 By analysis of sources of information (such as Nonconformance Reports, Concessions, Client


Complaints, Audit Results, etc.) BWP shall determine and implement controls to prevent further
occurrences of nonconformance or complaints

8.5.3.2 After the Corrective Action has been taken and Preventive Action initiated the QSM will monitor
the NCR for any repeat of the same NCR and check if the preventive taken is effective

8.5.3.3 The QSM will compile the NCR reports and distribute it to all personnel of BWP to inform and
explain the nature of the NCR and measures on how to prevent the recurrence of such NCR by
other personnel. Results of action taken shall be recorded. In any event the identity of the originator
of the NCR should not be revealed.

8.5.3.4 All Corrective and Preventive Actions taken for the NCR will be submitted for Management
Review by the QSM. The Corrective and Preventive Action report should also outline the
effectiveness of the Corrective and Preventive Actions taken
.

9.0 LIST OF MANUALS, PROCEDURES, WORK INSTRUCTIONS AND FORMS

9.1 Manuals

1 QM Quality Manual
2 DOM Drawing Office Manual
3 SDM Structural Design Manual
4 SSM Site Supervision Manual

9.2 Procedures

1 BWP QP010 Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation


2 BWP QP015 Review of Quality Policy and Objectives
3 BWP QP020 Controlled Documentation
4 BWP QP030 Internal Quality Audits
5 BWP QP040 Nonconformance, Corrective and Preventive Actions
6 BWP QP050 Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints
7 BWP QP060 Quality Records
8 BWP QP070 Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment
9 BWP QP080 Qualifications and Training
10 BWP QP090 Concessions
11 BWP QP100 Management Review
12 BWP QP110 Not in use
13 BWP QP115 Not in use
14 BWP QP120 Purchasing
15 BWP QP130 Control of Reference Library
16 BWP QP140 Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects
17 BWP QP150 Preparation of Project Quality Plans
18 BWP QP160 Computer Filing and Backup
19 BWP QP170 Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration
20 BWP QP180 Design (Project) Controls and Reviews
21 BWP QP190 Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement
22 BWP QP200 Communication

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 32 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

9.3 Work Instructions

1 WI020-01 Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation


2 WI060-01 Indexing of Archived Files
3 WI150-01 Preparation of Project Quality Plans
4 WI170-01 Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery
5 WI170-02 Not in use
6 WI180-01 Checking of Detailed Calculations

9.4 Quality Forms

1 QL010/01 Master List of QM and Procedures


2 QL010/02 Master List of Work Instructions
3 QL010/03 Master List of Lists
4 QL010/04 Master List of Forms
5 QL010/05 Master List of Project Quality Plans
6 QF015/01 Review of Quality Policy
7 QF015/02 Drawing Revision Record
8 QF015/03 Check Prints Record
9 QF015/04 Defects Record
10 QF020/01 Controlled Document Distribution Record Sheet
11 QF020/02 Document Transmittal Notice
12 QF020/03 Drawings List
13 QF020/04 Controlled External Project Document
14 QF020/05 External Drawing Register
15 QF030/01 Audit Schedule
16 QF030/02 Audit Notification Form
17 QF030/03 Audit Checklist (Quality System Section)
18 QF030/04 Audit Checklist (Administrative Section)
19 QF030/05 Audit Checklist (Drafting Section)
20 QF030/06 Audit Checklist (Design Office Section)
21 QF030/07 Audit Checklist (Site Office)
22 QF030/08 Internal Audit Report
23 QF030/09 Internal Quality Audit Summary Report
24 QF040/01 Nonconformances Report (NCR)
25 QF040/02 Not in use
26 QF040/03 Review Meeting Nonconformances Record
27 QF040/04 Review Meeting Nonconformances Review
28 QF050/01 Client Complaint Report
29 QF050/02 Client Complaint Review
30 QF050/03 Client Feedback Form
31 QF060/01 Archived Files Index List Sheet
32 QF070/01 Calibrated/Project Equipment Register
33 QF070/02 Equipment Calibration Record
34 QF080/01 Qualification/Training Record
35 QF080/02 Training Request Application
36 QF080/03 Training Course Evaluation Form
37 QF090/01 Concession Agreement
38 QF090/02 Concession Review
39 QF100/01 Management Review Meeting – Agenda
40 QF100/02 Management Review Meeting Record
41 QF110/02 Not in use
42 QF115/01 Not in use
43 QF120/01 Approved Suppliers List
44 QF120/02 Approved Supplier Appraisal Form
45 QF120/03 Supplier Performance Appraisal Form
46 QF140/01 Proposal and Contract Review
47 QF140/02 Contract Review Job Description Form

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 33 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
Quality Manual

48 QF140/03 Project Completion Summary


49 QF140/04 Project Close-out Checklist
50 QF170/01 Job/Proposal Directory
51 QF170/02 Incoming Correspondence Log
52 QF170/03 Incoming Fax Log
53 QF170/04 Outgoing Correspondence Log
54 QF170/05 Outgoing Fax Log
55 QF170/06 Time Sheet
56 QF170/07 Site Visit Report
57 QF170/08 Telephone Conversation Record Sheet
58 QF180/01 Design Checklist
59 QF180/02 Design Verification Form (Reports and Documents)
60 QF180/03 Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet
61 QF180/04 Contract/Design Change Form
62 QF190/01 BWP Quality Objectives
63 QF190/02 Quality Objectives (Quality and Admin Section)
64 QF190/03 Quality Objectives (Drafting Section)
65 QF190/04 Quality Objectives (Design Office Section)
66 QF190/05 Quality Objectives (Site Office)
67 QF190/06 Summary of Internal Audits (Head Office)
68 QF190/07 Summary of Internal Audits (Site Office)
69 QF190/08 Summary of Client Feedback
70 QF190/09 Review of Continuous Improvement

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QM


Date: Apr-2009 Page 34 of 34
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\Quality Manual-Apr2009.doc
TOP MANAGEMENT

Statutory and Regulatory


Document Review & Revisions,
Requirements Approval of Document Management Review
QP010
Incoming Projects Invitation

Document Circulation & Staff


Client Requirements Contract Review QP140 Final Document
Feedback

C Approval by Client Technical and Financial Proposal


C
L Nomination of Project Manager
Supplier Appraisal (QF120/02)
& Supplier Performance
Appraisal (QF120/03)
Approved Supplier List,
QF120/01
Training Course Evaluation,
QF080/03
Quality System Management
Report L
Memorandum of Agreement

I & Project Team

Prepare PQP QP150


Qualifications & Training,
I
Training
QP080

E Review & Approval by Client


Feasibility Study/Conceptual
Design
Design Verification (QF180/02)
& Technical Review (QF180/03)
E
N Detailed Design & Preparation of Design Checklist (QF180/01) &
Review of Continuous
Improvement, QF190/09
N
Review & Approval by Client Detailed Calculation, WI180/01

T Tender Documents

Drawing Preparation, Drawing


Technical Review (QF180/03)

Concession Review, QF090/02 T


Check Prints Record, QF015/03
Office Manual
Internal Audit Summary Report,
Preparation of Final Tender QF030/09
Documents

Internal Audit Summary, Client Complaint Report,


Client Feedback Form QF050/02 Internal Audit, QP030
QF190/06, 07 QF050/01

Calling Tender, Cost Estimate & Design Verification (QF180/02)


Tender Evaluation & Technical Review (QF180/03) Corrective & Preventive Actions,
Client Complaint Review,
NCR, QF040/01 QP040 and NCR Review,
QF050/02
QF040/04

Drawing Revisions Record,


Tender Award Construction Drawings Review of Quality Policy &
QF015/02 Client Feedback Form QF050/03
Objectives, QP015

Construction Admin & Quality Objectives Summary of Client Feedback,


Defects Record, QF015/04
Supervision - SSM QF190/01, 02, 03, 04, 05 QF190/08

Client Feedback Form QF050/03 Project Close-out, QF140/03, 04 Archiving of Files, WI060/01

APPENDIX QMA : OVERALL QUALITY SYSTEM PROCESS FLOW CHART OF BW PERUNDING SDN BHD
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Manual Text\[Appendix QMA-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

Issue : 2 Document No. BWP QM


Date : Apr-2009 Appendix QMA
QP 010 - Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

PROCEDURE

for

PREPARATION and APPROVAL of

QA DOCUMENTATION

(Procedure BWP QP010)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP010


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP010-Apr2009.doc
QP 010 - Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the methods for preparing and approving QA Documentation. It shall act as a
model for all other Quality Procedures.

1.2 The objective of this procedure is to ensure the correct methods for revising QA Documentation and the
Forms used to record the activities undertaken.

1.3 This procedure applies to the preparation and approval of all QA Documentation.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP020 - Controlled Documentation

2.2 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.3 BWP QP090 – Concession

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 General

3.1.1 The Quality System Manager shall ensure that a Company Quality Manual is maintained in accordance
with the requirements of ISO 9001:2000 and that Procedures, other Manuals and Work Instructions are
prepared to cover all critical activities.

3.1.2 Project Managers/Engineers shall ensure that Project Quality Plans are prepared for every project (with
consultation fees of more than RM 50,000) and their distributions controlled in accordance with BWP WI
020/01 – Distribution of Controlled Documentation.

3.1.3 Authors shall ensure that all QA Documentation has a title which shall include "Quality Manual", "Project
Quality Plan for", "Procedure for", "Work Instruction for" or "Master List of" or other descriptive words
as appropriate.

3.1.4 Authors shall ensure that all QA Documentation carries on each page the following :

i. a unique document number or other identification;


ii. the issue status and document/page date;
iii. the page number;
iv. a digital file traceability reference.

3.1.5 The currency of the page or document shall be based on the issue status and issue date as written on the
cover page of the Quality Manual and Procedures.

3.1.6 Authors shall ensure that draft versions are suitably marked.

3.2 Amendments

3.2.1 Any member of staff may request changes to the Quality Documents/System through the QSM but final
approval must be obtained from the Management Review Team. The Quality System Manager is given
the authority to make the necessary amendments to the Quality Documents. Authors may retain minor
amendments on file pending re-issue of the document.

3.2.2 The QSM shall ensure that all revisions which will affect the performance of quality works shall be
supported by feedback obtained from the staff through circulation of the revisions. Through this
circulation the staff will also be informed of the impending changes to the quality system

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP010


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP010-Apr2009.doc
QP 010 - Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation

3.3 Identification of Changes to the QA Documentation

3.3.1 Authors shall record the reason for the amendment to the document in the Document Status section of the
Quality Manual, Project Quality Plans, Quality Procedures and Work Instructions.

3.3.2 Authors shall ensure that changes to the Quality Manual, Project Quality Plans, Quality Procedures or
Work Instructions are identified (to assist the users) by means of an asterisk and the current issue number
next to the changed clause, e.g. (*7). Previous change identifications shall be removed.

3.4 Approval of QA Documentation

3.4.1 Quality Manual, Procedures, Work Instructions, Project Quality Plans and Master Lists shall be approved
by the BWP Managing Director or Director (Admin/Tech) before it is issued or re-issued.

3.4.2 The Quality System Manager shall list all approved QA Documentation on a Master List (using
QL010/01, QL010/02, QL010/03, QL010/04 or QL010/05) which shall show the current issue status.

3.4.3 The Master List of Files approved and opened for the BWP ISO Quality System are as follows:

1. QA 01/ISO/MOM - ISO Committee (Minutes of Meeting)


2. QA 01/100/100 - Management Review Meeting (Agenda & Manual)
3. QA 01/04 - Project Coordination Meeting Year 2000
- Project Coordination Meeting Year 2001
- Project Coordination Meeting Year 2002
- Project Coordination Meeting Year 2005
4. QA 01/ISO - General Correspondence
5. QA 01/01 - Correspondence with SIRIM (File No. 2)
6. QA 01/02 - Correspondence with MWAS
7. QA 01/03 - BWP Quality System (Internal Correspondence)
8. QA 01/05 - BWP Quality System (External Audit)
9. QA 01/DOM/100 - Drawing Office Manual
10. QA 01/SDM/100 - Structural Design Manual
11. QA 01/SSM/100 - Site Supervision Manual
12. QA 01/010/100 - Master List
13. QA 01/015/100 - Review of Quality Policy & Quality Objectives
14. QA 01/015/200 - Drawing Revision Record
15. QA 01/015/300 - Check Print Record
16. QA 01/015/400 - Defects Record
17. QA 01/020/100 - Controlled Document Distribution Record
18. QA 01/020/200 - Document Transmittal Notice
19. QA 01/030/100 - Audit Schedule
20. QA 01/030/200 - Audit checklist (File No. 2)
21. QA 01/030/300 - Audit Notification Form
22. QA 01/030/400 - Internal Audit Report
23. QA 01/030/500 - Internal Quality Audit (Summary Report)
24. QA 01/040/100 - Non Conformance Report (File No. 2)
25. QA 01/040/200 - Review Mtg of Non Conformance (Record & Review)
26. QA 01/050/100 - Client Complain (Record & Review)
27. QA 01/050/200 - Client Feedback & Summary
28. QA 01/080/100 - Qualification/Training Record

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP010


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP010-Apr2009.doc
QP 010 - Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation

29. QA 01/080/200 - Training Request Application


30. QA 01/080/300 - Training Course Evaluation Form
31. QA 01/090/100 - Concession Agreement & Review
32. QA 01/120/100 - Approved Suppliers List
33. QA 01/120/200 - Approved Suppliers Appraisal Form
34. QA 01/170/100 - Job/Proposed Directory
35. QA 01/190/100 - Statistical Analysis
36. QA 01/190/200 - Review of Continuous Improvement
37. QA 01/190/200 - Section’s NCR/CC Statistic Year 2002
38. QA 01/190/300 - Policy Statistic Year 2002
39. QA 01/200/100 - Communication (File No. 1)
QA 01/200/100 - Communication (File No. 2)
QA 01/200/100 - Communication (File No. 3)

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 QL010/01 - Master List of Procedures

4.2 QL010/02 - Master List of Work Instructions

4.3 QL010/03 - Master List of Lists

4.4 QL010/04 - Master List of Forms

4.5 QL010/05 - Master List of Project Quality Plans

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP010


Date: Apr-2009 Page 4 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP010-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/01 – Master List of Quality Manual and Procedures

MASTER LIST OF QUALITY MANUAL & PROCEDURES

(LIST QL010/01)
Document Status
Description Prepared by or Custodian Authorized By:
Issue Date

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested improvements.
Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies are "Controlled"


and will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-01-Master List-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/01 – Master List of Quality Manual and Procedures

Issue Status
Number Title
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-01-Master List-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/02 – Master List of Work Instructions

MASTER LIST OF WORK INSTRUCTIONS

(LIST QL010/02)
Document Status
Description Prepared by or Custodian Authorized By:
Issue Date

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested improvements.
Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies are "Controlled"


and will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/02


Date: Apr -2009 Page: 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-02-Master List WI-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/02 – Master List of Work Instructions

Issue Status
Number Title
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/02


Date: Apr -2009 Page: 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-02-Master List WI-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/03 – Master List of Lists

MASTER LIST OF LISTS

(LIST QL010/03)
Document Status Description Prepared by or Custodian Authorized By:
Issue Date

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested improvements.
Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies are "Controlled"


and will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/03


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-03-Master List of Lists-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/03 – Master List of Lists

Issue Status
Number Title
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/03


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-03-Master List of Lists-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/04 – Master List of Forms

MASTER LIST OF FORMS

(LIST QL010/04)
Document Status Description Prepared by or Custodian Authorized By:
Issue Date

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested improvements.
Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies are "Controlled"


and will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/04


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-04-Master List of Forms-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/04 – Master List of Forms

Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue Status
Number Title
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/04


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-04-Master List of Forms-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/05 – Master List of Project Quality Plans

MASTER LIST OF PROJECT QUALITY PLANS

(LIST QL010/05)
Document Status
Description Prepared by or Custodian Authorized By:
Issue Date

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested improvements.
Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies are "Controlled"


and will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/05


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-05-Master List of PQP-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
QL010/05 – Master List of Project Quality Plans

Project Project Quality Issue Status


Title Project Manager
Code Coordinator 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QL010/05


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QL010-05-Master List of PQP-Apr2009.doc
QP 015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

PROCEDURE

for

REVIEW OF QUALITY POLICY AND OBJECTIVES

(Procedure BWP QP015)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 Mar-2003 1st Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Jun-2004 2nd Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Apr-2009 3rd Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP QP015


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP015-Apr2009.doc
QP 015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the methods for the review of BWP’s Quality Policy and Objectives as well as
the Quality Objectives for all the sections in the company.

1.2 The objective of this procedure is to ensure that BWP’s Quality Policy is appropriate and relevant to the
company. Quality Objectives that have been established are reviewed in this procedure to ensure that it is
relevant, achievable and that there is continuous improvement.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP030 – Internal Quality Audits

2.2 BWP QP040 – Nonconformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

2.3 BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

2.4 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.5 BWP QP100 – Management Review

2.6 BWP QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

3.0 REVIEW OF QUALITY POLICY

3.1 Quality Policy

“BWP’s Quality Policy Is To Provide Technical Excellence In Its Service In Order To Achieve
The Highest Customer Satisfaction And Organizational Excellence

The Top Management Of BWP Is Committed To Implement And Maintain An Effective Quality
Management System Complying With The Requirements Of MS ISO 9001:2008 And To Achieve
Organizational Excellence Through Continuous Improvement

All Heads Of Sections Shall Ensure That The Quality Objectives Established Within Each
Section Are Monitored And Reviewed Periodically To Ensure Its Achievement, Relevancy And
Currency In Data To Comply With The Company’s Quality Policy.”

3.2 The QSM shall ensure that a Quality Policy is prepared and that the policy must be signed by the
Managing Director of BWP.

3.3 Every member of the staff shall be provided with a copy of the Quality Policy and such copies posted in
suitable places at places of work.

3.4 The Quality Policy shall be reviewed on an annual basis on prescribed checklist QF015/01 – review of
Quality Policy. The QSM shall prepare the form, reviewed by the Director(Admin/Tech) and approved by
the Managing Director.

3.5 If there are amendments to the Quality Policy, a new Quality Policy shall be prepared and distributed
accordingly.

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP QP015


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP015-Apr2009.doc
QP 015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives

4.0 REVIEW OF QUALITY OBJECTIVES

4.1 Responsibilities and Actions

4.1.1 The QSM shall be responsible for ensuring that Quality Objectives are established for BWP and all the
sections in the company.

4.1.2 Project Managers/Section Heads/Resident Engineer shall be responsible for implementing the Quality
Objectives of their respective projects or sections.

4.1.3 The QSM shall assist Project Manager/Section Heads/Resident Engineer in establishing the guiding
principle of the Quality Objectives of each section. Once the Quality Objectives for each section has been
set, a copy of such shall be made and distributed to every member of that section or project.

4.2 Quality Objective of BWP

4.2.1 The guiding principle of the Quality Objectives of BWP is

“To Achieve Zero NCR During External Quality Audits and Zero Client Complaints”

4.2.2 Non-conformance in this case is defined as non-conformances recorded during external audits including
minor NCR and include complaints from Clients and other users.

4.2.3 This guiding principle is in line with BWP’s Quality Policy of “Providing Technical Excellence in its
Service”.

4.2.4 The QSM shall compile data on previous external audit reports and complaints from Client to set the
Quality Objective for that year. The Quality Objective for that year will then be communicated to all staff
and posted on the notice boards.

4.2.5 After the external audit for that year, the QSM shall then examine the NCRs recorded and the Client
complaints received to see how it has differed from the Quality Objectives and find the root cause of the
NCR and Client complaints. Corrective and preventive actions shall be initiated and improvement
recommended for the approval of the Top Management.

4.3 Quality Objective of Quality Section

4.3.1 The guiding principle of the Quality Objective of the Quality Section is

“Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits”

4.3.2 The Quality Objective for the Quality Section is achieved through the internal quality audit by using
QF030/03 – Audit Checklist (Quality System Section). Completed forms for this shall be dealt with in
accordance to QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement.

4.4 Quality Objective of Administrative Section

4.4.1 The guiding principle of the Quality Objective of the Administrative Section is

“Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits and


Average 6 Hours Training Per Staff Each Year”

4.4.2 The Quality Objective for the Administrative Section is achieved through the internal quality audit by
using QF030/04 – Audit Checklist (Administrative Section). Completed forms for this shall be dealt with
in accordance to QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement.

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP QP015


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP015-Apr2009.doc
QP 015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives

4.4.3 The Admin Officer shall be responsible for setting the Quality Objectives for the Admin Section in
consultation with the Quality System Manager.

4.5 Quality Objective of Drafting Section

4.5.1 The guiding principle of the Quality Objective of the Drafting Section is

“Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits and


One (1) Check Print for Each Drawing”

4.5.2 “Check Prints” are draft copies of the translation of design into drawings and it reflects the draftsperson
understanding of the design by the Project Engineer. In addition it also reflects the understanding of the
clients requirements by the Project Engineer.

4.5.3 In order to control the number of “CHECK PRINT” for each drawing, the Project Engineer shall
maintain a record of the “CHECK PRINT” in QF015/03 – Check Prints Record. Before the FINAL
PRINT, the Project Engineer shall initial on the column after the last check print number e.g. if the
number of check prints is No. 3 then the Project Engineer shall initial on the No. 4 column.

4.5.4 The Senior Draftsperson shall be responsible for controlling and compiling QF015/03 – Check Prints
Record and setting the Quality Objectives for this section in consultation with the QSM.

4.6 Quality Objectives for Design Office Section

4.6.1 The Design Office Section refers to the Civil, Structural, Sewerage/Drainage and M&E Sections.

4.6.2 The guiding principle of the Quality Objective of the Design Office Section is

“Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits, Zero Design Changes
During Construction and Zero Design Related Defects”

4.6.3 Drawing revisions are amendments to controlled drawings already issued to the Client or site for
construction. The number of revisions reflects the understanding of the Client’s requirements, the design
input required, the verification and review by the relevant personnel.

4.6.4 Heads of Section/Project Manager shall be responsible for the updating of QF015/02 – Drawing
Revisions Record at the time of review of the Quality Objectives. The recording of the number of design
revisions shall be through the controlled design changes register for each project.

4.6.5 Concessions may be allowed at the discretion of the QSM in cases where the number of revisions can be
waived where unforeseen circumstances are encountered in preparing the design drawings.

4.6.6 Heads of Section shall be responsible for setting the Quality Objective for their respective sections, in
consultation with the QSM.

4.7 Quality Objectives for Site Office

4.7.1 The guiding principle of the Quality Objective of the Site Office is

“Towards Scoring 100% During Internal Quality Audits and Zero Defects
Detected During Certificate of Practical Completion”

4.7.2 Defects detected during Certificate of Practical Completion are undesirable works that has been
constructed at the site for each project and it can lead to lower level of customer satisfaction. It also
reflects on the control of the works by the Site Staff in ensuring that the Contractor understands the
drawings and specifications drawn up for the project.

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP QP015


Date: Apr-2009 Page 4 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP015-Apr2009.doc
QP 015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives

4.7.3 The Resident Engineer is responsible for updating QF015/04 – Defects Record at the time of review of the
Quality Objectives. The recording of the defects shall be carried out on a monthly basis through post
inspection checklist (QFSSM/07), during routine inspections, upon practical completion or upon
completion of the Defects Liability Period. For multiple contracts in a project, each contract shall have its
own QF015/04.

4.7.4 (*7)In QF015/04 – Defects Record, the Resident Engineer is required to log in the defects detected on site
every month arising from various reasons, including Client Complaints. The number of defects per month
per se do not accurately reflect the diligence or effort of the Resident Engineer in the supervision of the
work. However, but read together with the physical progress achieved, the average defects per 5% of
physical progress will give an indication of this as it is inconceivable that there will be less than 20
defects detected throughout the lifespan of a particular project.

4.7.5 The Project Manager shall be responsible for setting the Quality Objective for each project upon
consultation with the Project Manager, in consultation with the QSM (*7).

4.8 Review of Quality Objectives

4.8.1 The QSM shall be responsible for collating all the Quality Objectives.

4.8.2 The QSM shall analyze the Quality Objectives in accordance to QP190 – Statistical Technique and
Continuous Improvement to show the improving or adverse trends of the Quality Objectives.

4.8.3 If there is an improving trend new Quality Objectives shall be set to ensure the continuous improvement
of BWP as well as each section.

4.8.4 If there is a declining trend, the QSM shall analyze the root cause of the problem and discuss with the
Section Heads on how this can be overcome. The QSM shall compile a report on this for submission to
the Top Management for a review together with suggestions for improvement.

5.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

5.1 QF015/01 – Review of Quality Policy

5.2 QF015/02 – Drawing Revisions Record

5.3 QF015/03 – Check Prints Record

5.4 QF015/04 – Defects Record

5.5 QF030/03 – Audit Checklist (Quality System Section)

5.6 QF030/04 – Audit Checklist (Administrative Section)

6.0 RECORDS

6.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP QP015


Date: Apr-2009 Page 5 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP015-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Review of Quality Policy

Existing BWP’s Quality Policy

BWP’s Quality Policy Is To Provide Technical Excellence In Its Service


In Order To Achieve The Highest Customer Satisfaction

The Top Management Of BWP Is Committed To Implement And Maintain An Effective Quality
Management System Complying To The Requirements Of MS ISO 9001:2008 And To Achieve
Organizational Excellence Through Continuous Improvement

All Heads Of Sections Shall Ensure That The Quality Objectives Established Within Each Section Are
Monitored And Reviewed Periodically To Ensure Its Achievement, Relevancy And Currency In Data
To Comply With The Company’s Quality Policy

Checklist Item Yes No Comments

1 Is the Quality Policy appropriate to the organization?

2 Is the Quality Policy in line with the company’s goals?


Does it include a commitment to comply with MS ISO
3
9001:2008?
Is there any continuous improvement of the Quality
4
Management System?
5 Is there any increase in Customer Satisfaction
Are Quality Objectives being established at all
6
sections?
Are Quality Objectives monitored, measured and
7
reviewed?
8 Is the Quality Policy communicated to the staff?

9 Is there any review of the Quality Policy periodically?

Other Comments :

Proposed Changes (if any)

Prepared by:
Quality System Manager Signature Date

Reviewed by:
Director(Admin/Tech) Signature Date

Approved by:
Managing Director Signature Date

Issue: 3 File in QA01\015\100 Document No. QF015/01


Date : Apr -2009
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF015-01-Rev of Qual Policy-Apr2009.doc
5/4/2009

(27875-P)
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD Drawing Revisions Record

SECTION :
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF015-02-Drg Rev Record-Apr2009.xls]Drg Revisions No. of Revisions

No. of
Project Total No
Package No./Description QF180/04 A B C D E
Code of Drg
Issued

Total Number of Revisions

Total number of QF 180/04 Issued


Civil Section
Structural Section
M&E Section
Sewerage/Drainage Section

Verified by Confirmed by

Head of Section Project Manager

Issue : 4 Document No. QF015/02


Date : Apr-2009 File in Project Quality File, Drg Master File and Copy to QSM Page 1 of 1
5/4/2009

(27875-P)
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD Check Print Record

PROJECT :
Contract No :
Project Code :
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF015-03-Chk Prints Rec-Apr2009.xls]Check Prints Check Print No.
Item Description Drawing No 1 2 3 4 5

Note : If number of check print is at No. 3, the PM/PE should initial on the No. 4 column

Total number of drawings


Total number of check prints
Average check prints per drawing

Verified by Confirmed by

Senior Draftsperson Project Manager

Issue : 3 Document No. QF015/03


Date : Apr-2009 File in Project Quality File and Copy to QSM Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Defects Record

Client :
Project :
Contract Title :
Contract No : Period from : to
Contractor :
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF015-04-Defects Record-Apr2009#.xls]Sheet1

Item Description of Defects Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total
1 Due to workmanship
2 Due to inferior materials
3 Due to interpretation of drawings
4 Due to interpretation of specifications
5 Due to weather factors
6 Client Complaints
7 Due to other factors (pls specify below )

A Total number of defects


B Monthly Physical Progress Achieved

C Total Cummulative Physical Progress


Average number of defects/per 5% of
*D
Pysical Progress

*D = (A/B)*5
Up till May Up till Nov
Recorded by Confirmed by a) Total No of Defects in Item 2 = To be filled
b) Total No of Defects in Item 3 = in every
c) Total No of Defects in Item 4 = May &
Nov.
d) Total Design Related Defects =
Resident Engineer Project Manager

Issue : 4 Document No. QF015/04


Date : Apr-2009 File in Project Quality File and copy to QSM Page 1 of 1
QP 020 - Controlled Documentation

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

PROCEDURE

for

CONTROLLED DOCUMENTATION

(Procedure BWP QP020)

Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:


Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP020


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP020-Apr2009.doc
QP 020 - Controlled Documentation

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure sets out the methods for control and distribution of Controlled Documentation.

1.2 The objective is to ensure that pertinent versions of appropriate documents/data are available to personnel
to facilitate effective operation of the BWP Quality System and achievement of Quality Objectives.

1.3 This procedure applies to the distribution of ALL QA Documentation and Project Specific Controlled
Documentation.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 All BWP Quality Procedures

3.0 DOCUMENTS TO BE CONTROLLED

The following sub-sections will describe the documents that need to be controlled

3.1 Quality Assurance (QA) Documents

3.1.1 Quality Assurance (QA) documents refer to the Quality Manual, Procedures, Work Instructions, Forms,
Drawing Office Manual, Site Supervision Manual, Structural Design Manual.

3.2 Project Specific Documents

3.2.1 External Documents – External documents such as reports, data, operation and maintenance manuals,
soil investigation and survey reports related to the project and received from the Client or elsewhere must
be controlled and a register maintained for the reference of all project team members.

3.2.2 Tender Documents – Tender Documents either in the draft stage or final stage for tender has to be
controlled.

3.2.3 Contract Documents – Contract Documents has to be controlled until the signed copies of the document
are completed.

3.2.4 Reports – Reports such as Inception, Feasibility, Conceptual, Preliminary Engineering Design, Detailed
Design, and Project Quality Plan or such other reports as determined by the Project Manager shall be
controlled.

3.2.5 External Drawings – These refer to as-built drawings received as well as survey drawings for the project
and shall be controlled with a register maintained for the reference of all project team members.

3.2.6 Tender Drawings – Tender Drawings issued to the Client either in the draft stage or at tender stage shall
be controlled. The tender drawings shall later be converted into Contract Drawings.

3.2.7 Construction Drawings – The Construction Drawings issued shall be kept current and controlled.

3.3 Reference Documents

3.3.1 All Standards used in the projects are deemed to be controlled and may be listed by the Project
Manager in the Project Quality Plan. Any reference materials purchased specifically for the project
shall be controlled and upon the completion these shall be stored in the library.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP020


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP020-Apr2009.doc
QP 020 - Controlled Documentation

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

4.1 In the following clauses, the term “Issuer” shall be deemed to mean the Quality System Manager for
Quality Assurance Documentation, Project Manager for Project Specific Documentation and Project
Manager or Admin Officer for the Reference Documents.

4.2 The issuer shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure and thus ensuring that Controlled
Documentation is controlled and up to date.

4.3 The issuer shall prepare Form QF020/01 - Controlled Document Distribution Record Sheet showing to
whom/where Controlled documents are to be distributed. Each holder/display position shall be allocated a
copy identifier which shall be shown on the form.

4.4 The issuer shall ensure that QF020/01 also performs a Document Control function in accordance with
WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation.

4.5 The issuer shall store the approved "Master" of the current version of each Controlled Document and the
Controlled Document Distribution file in an identified location for Quality System purposes only.

4.6 The issuer shall arrange copies for distribution from the approved "Master". They shall be stamped with
the Control Document stamp in red with the relevant copy identifier within the Document Control stamp
imprint.

4.7 The issuer shall ensure that Controlled copies of documents are received and held by the designated
personnel or displayed at the designated place by completing Document Transmittal Notice QF020/02
with instruction to the receiver on disposition of original documents.

4.8 The issuer shall ensure that old "Master" copies are inscribed "Superseded". Master copies of all the
previous superseded versions of Controlled Documentation shall be retained for one year.

4.9 The Issuer shall ensure that all uncontrolled copies of documents within the BWP Quality System are
stamped with the "Uncontrolled Copy or Check Print" stamp.

4.10 Work Instruction WI020-01- Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation details the procedures
for the filing and distribution of all controlled documents.

5.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

5.1 WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

5.2 QF020/01 - Controlled Document Distribution Record Sheet

5.3 QF020/02 - Document Transmittal Notice

5.4 QF020/03 – Drawing List

5.5 QF020/04 – Controlled External Project Document

5.6 QF020/05 – External Drawing Register

6.0 RECORDS

6.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP020


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP020-Apr2009.doc
WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

WORK INSTRUCTION

for

FILING AND DISTRIBUTION of CONTROLLED DOCUMENTATION

(Work Instruction BWP WI 020-01)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
th
4 Apr-2001 4 Issue – General revisions. Clause Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
1.2 and 3.3.2 amended.
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue – combined with WI170/02 Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
(now obsolete) and rewritten
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(includes Copy No.)

(N.B. Red-Stamped and


numbered copies are
'controlled' and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this manual should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI 020-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi020-01-Apr2009.doc
WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This instruction sets out the method of recording the filing and distribution of Controlled Documentation

1.2 This instruction applies to the filing and distribution of Quality Assurance, Project Specific and Reference
Documents as detailed in QP020-Controlled Documentation.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP DOM – Drawing Office Manual

2.2 BWP QP020 - Controlled Documentation

2.3 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.4 BWP QP130 – Control of Reference Library

2.5 BWP QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans

2.6 BWP QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

3.0 ISSUE OF QA CONTROLLED DOCUMENTATION

3.1 QA Controlled Documentation refers to the Quality Manual, Procedures, Work Instructions, Forms,
Drawing Office Manual, Site Supervision Manual and Structural Design Manual.

3.2 Each QA documentation “set” shall be considered as one document package and as such one QF020/01 -
Controlled Document Distribution Record Sheet shall be used for each document package.

3.3 For distribution of the QA documentation set in the office, the QSM shall deliver such set of QA
documentation and request the recipient to confirm receipt by signing and dating his or her initials on the
QF020/01.

3.4 For distribution of the QA documentation outside the office, e.g. to the site, the QSM shall deliver such set
of QA documentation with QF020/02 - Document Transmittal Notice and request the recipient to confirm
receipt by signing and dating on the Document Transmittal Notice.

3.5 QA document “Revisions” will follow the same procedure except with additional instructions to the
receiver on the disposition of the original QA Controlled Document. At the same time, the recipient shall
return the superseded version of each re-issued document. The Quality System Manager shall record the
retrieval of such documents by entering the date of retrieval in the “Remarks Column” of the record sheet.

3.6 For QA documents, when the Controlled Document Record Sheet (QF020/01) and Transmittal Notices are
completed and signed, it shall be filed in QA010/020/100.

4.0 PROJECT SPECIFIC CONTROLLED DOCUMENTATION

4.1 General Instructions

4.1.1 For Documents to be issued internally (within the Head Office), the Project Manager shall ensure that
controlled copies are imprinted with the "Controlled Copy" stamp and that copies to be distributed are
allocated copy ID or other individual identification in accordance with QP020-Controlled Documentation.

4.1.2 For Controlled Documents which are to be distributed externally (outside the office, for example to Clients
and Contractor), the documents may not necessarily be stamped with the "Controlled Copy" stamp.
However, the distribution of these documents shall be controlled using Form QF020/01 - Controlled
Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI 020-01
Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi020-01-Apr2009.doc
WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

Document Distribution Record Sheet showing to whom/where the Controlled Documents are to be
distributed. For Controlled Documents issued to Client this shall be accompanied by a cover letter.

4.1.3 Project Managers/Engineers shall ensure that the distribution details are recorded on the Controlled
Document Distribution Record Sheet (QF020/01) and that the document is distributed appropriately.

4.1.4 If Project Managers make further copies of the Controlled Document, these shall be produced from the
original and similarly stamped, identified, recorded and distributed.

4.1.5 Where a Controlled Document is superseded, Project Managers shall be responsible for the distribution of
revised versions to previously recorded holders and shall ensure that old version are either returned or
disposed off as directed. The returned old versions shall be recorded on the relevant Controlled Document
Distribution Record Sheet (QF020/01). If the old version of a Controlled Document is to be retained by the
holder, it shall be marked "superseded".

4.1.6 The Project Managers shall ensure that any distribution of Controlled Documents outside the office are
accompanied by a Document Transmittal Notice (QF020/02) reminding the user that the old versions
should be returned or marked "obsolete" or "superseded" or destroyed or securely stored in order to prevent
inadvertent use or reference. The Project Manager/Engineer shall note the sending of the letter on the
Controlled Document Distribution Record Sheet (QF020/01), and this shall be deemed as satisfactory
completion of the requirement to retrieve obsolete copies. Distribution of Controlled Documents to the Site
Offices shall also follow the same procedure.

4.1.7 Returned old versions shall be destroyed or archived if required. Archived versions shall be marked
"superseded" to prevent inadvertent use.

4.1.8 If a Project Manager decides to distribute copies of Documents/Data on an uncontrolled basis, these shall
be clearly marked as Uncontrolled by use of the "Uncontrolled Copy" stamp.

4.1.9 For Project Specific Documents, when the Controlled Document Record Sheet (QF020/01) and Document
Transmittal Notices (QF020/02) are completed and signed, these shall be filed in the Project Quality File.

4.2 External Documents

4.2.1 Project Managers shall ensure that documents and data supplied by Clients and third parties which form
base information for the project and whose currency is critical are designated as Controlled External
Project Documents. Incoming documents exclude correspondences which are covered under QP170-
Process Control.

4.2.2 All Incoming Project Documents deemed by the Project Manager to be “Controlled” shall be listed on the
Project Quality Plan. Controlled External Project Documents such as reports, manuals, soil investigation
reports and data, etc, shall be listed on QF020/04-Controlled External Project Document form. Project
Managers shall ensure that the form is maintained up to date.

4.2.3 Returned old versions shall be destroyed or archived or returned to the client, if required. Archived
versions shall be marked "superseded" to prevent inadvertent use.

4.2.4 Controlled External Project Documents shall be kept by the Project Manager until after the completion of
the design stage or at such time as determined by the Project Manager. After that, these documents shall be
passed on to the Admin Officer for log on to the Library in accordance with QP130-Control of Reference
Library.

4.3 Tender and Contract Documents

4.3.1 Tender Document shall be prepared in two sets and their distribution controlled. One set shall be kept by
the Project Manager and the other set by the Senior Draftsman.
4.3.2 Similarly for the Final Tender Document issued to the Client, two sets shall be prepared and controlled.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI 020-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi020-01-Apr2009.doc
WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

4.3.3 Only one set of the Contract Document at the draft stage (for approval by the Client) shall be prepared and
kept by the Project Manager who shall control over such document.

4.3.4 Upon the finalization of the Contract Document and after the delivery of the final copy to the Client, the
Project Manager shall retain one set of the unsigned copy. The signed copy of the Contract Document shall
be kept by the Senior Draftsperson.

4.4 Reports

4.4.1 Reports such as Inception, Feasibility, Conceptual, Preliminary Engineering Design and Detailed Design
Reports or such other reports as determined by the Project Manager shall be controlled.

4.4.2 Two sets of the report shall be made and one copy kept by the Project Manager. The other copy shall be
pass on to the Admin Officer and log on to the Library in accordance with QP130-Control of Reference
Library.

4.4.3 Project Quality Plans in accordance with QP150-Preparation of Project Quality Plans shall be controlled
and circulated to all project team members and filed in the Project Quality file.

4.5 External Drawings

4.5.1 All external drawings received from the Client or third parties which form base information for the project
and whose currency is critical shall be controlled.

4.5.2 Typically these shall be survey drawings and as-built drawings of existing works or other such drawings as
determined by the Project Manager. Form QF020/05-External Drawing Register shall be used for this
purpose and the Project Manager shall maintain and the keep up to date the currency of these drawings. A
copy of the completed QF020/05 shall be kept in the Project Quality File.

4.5.3 All external drawings shall be in the storage bin and kept by the Senior Draftsperson.

4.6 Tender and Contract Drawings

4.6.1 Tender Drawings shall be controlled and the currency kept up to date. A drawing list in the format as
shown in QF020/03-Drawing List shall be prepared and controlled by the Project Manager. The tender
drawings shall be kept by the Senior Draftsperson.

4.6.2 For the purpose of ease of retrieval and reference A3 size paper prints shall be deemed to be the Controlled
Drawings under the quality system. A1 size tracings shall also be controlled until the tender exercise has
been completed. Once the project has gone to tender stage, there should not be any alterations or marking
on the A1 size tracings of tender drawings as these shall be converted to Contract Drawings.

4.6.3 Upon the award of the project, another set of drawings in A3 size shall be prepared and labeled as
construction drawings keeping the A3 size tender drawings intact.

4.7 Construction Drawings

4.7.1 As mentioned in Clause 4.6.3 above, a new set of construction drawings shall be prepared and the currency
of the drawings maintained and controlled.

4.7.2 For distribution of construction drawings a complete drawings list for the project should accompany the
QF020/02-Document Transmittal Notice every time the drawing is issued. A sample copy of the drawings
list is as shown in Form QF020/03 – Drawings List and the drawings list would indicate the status and date
the drawing was issued for each and every drawing for the project.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI 020-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 4 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi020-01-Apr2009.doc
WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

4.7.3 Whenever there is any revision to QF020/03-Drawing List a copy of such drawing list should be extended
to the Senior Draftsperson for filing in the Master Drawing List as per BWP DOM-Drawing Office
Manual.

5.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

5.1 All Standards used in the projects are deemed to be controlled and may be listed by the Project Manager in
the Project Quality Plan or defined in the Contract Documents of a Contract. The Standards shall be stored
in the library. The Quality System Manager shall review the currency of these standards from time to time.
However, the users of these standards shall confirm the currency of each standard prior to their use through
relevant catalogues in the Library.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI 020-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 5 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi020-01-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Controlled Document
Distribution Record Sheet

Document Name : Project Code :


Issue / Rev. No. Received* Transmittal Remarks
Copy ID Document Holder Issue Date Initials Date Sent** Returned***

OUTGOING AND INTERNAL DOCUMENTS ONLY : Record below location where Master is stored
FILE/LOCATION :

* For QA Documentation distribution within BWP Office only


** Only to be completed for Outgoing Documents. Insert date of letter reminding User to return, destroy or mark “superseded” copies
*** Document returned OR acknowledged receipt

Issue: 7 File in QA01/020/100 for QA Documentation Document No. QF020/01


Date: Apr-2009 and Project Quality File (for Projects) Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF020-01-Cont Doc Dist Rec-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Document
3, Jalan Manau, Off Jalan Kg Attap, 50460 Kuala Lumpur,
Tel : 603-22744418 Fax : 603-22744318 e-mail : admin@tbwp.com.my Transmittal Notice

To :

Attn : Tel :

Project : Ref :
Date :

Item Drg No/Ref No. Rev Description Remarks

Important Notes:
1. Only CURRENT ISSUE of Documents/Drawings should be used.
2. All “CONTROLLED” Documents/Drawings which are superseded should be clearly marked with stamp
“SUPERSEDED” upon the receipt of this notice. They should be destroyed or securely stored in order to prevent
wrongful use/reference OR returned to the issuer.

ATTACHMENTS: (e.g., Letters, Schedules, etc.)

Sent by :
Name Signature

Received by :
Name Signature Date
[PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN COPY OF THE TRANSMITTAL NOTICE TO SENDER]

Issue: 7 File in QA01/020/200 for QA Docs Document No. QF020/02


Date: Apr-2009 and Project Quality File for Projects Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF020-02-Doc Trans Notice-Apr2009.doc
5/4/2009
(27875-P )
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD Drawings List
PROJECT : BEKALAN AIR PULAU TUBA DAN PULAU DAYANG BUNTING
Job Code : MHG
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF020-03-Draw List-Apr2009.xls]Sample Revision
Item Description Drawing No Z A B
CIVIL DRAWINGS
1 Key Plan MHG/1/G/1100 5/3/02

PIPELINE
A. Pulau Langkawi to Pulau Tuba (Pumping Main)
2 At Pulau Langkawi from Ch 0 to Ch 400 MHG/1/C/1601 5/3/02
3 At Pulau Tuba from Ch 0 to Ch 550 MHG/1/C/1602 10/1/03

LANGKAWI BOOSTER PUMPING STATION


4 Site layout MHG/1/C/1701 5/3/02

PULAU TUBA BOOSTER PUMPING STATION


5 Site layout MHG/1/C/1702 5/3/02 23/9/02

STANDARD DRAWINGS
Standard arrangement of isolating valve, air valve, washou
6 MHG/1/C/1690 5/3/02
and miscellaneous detai

MECHANICAL DRAWING
LANGKAWI BOOSTER PUMPING STATION
7 Plan MHG/1/M/1701 5/3/02
PULAU TUBA BOOSTER PUMPING STATION
8 Pumping Station : Plan MHG/1/M/1702 5/3/02

ELECTRICAL DRAWING
LANGKAWI BOOSTER PUMPING STATION
9

10
415V Single Line Diagram
PULAU TUBA PUMPING STATION
Pumping Station - 415V Single Line Diagram
SAMPLE MHG/1/E/1701

MHG/1/E/1702
5/3/02

5/3/02

FLOWMETER
11 Flowmeter Chamber Details MHG/1/M/1703 5/3/02

TELEMETRY SYSTEM
12 Telemetry System MHG/1/T/1101 5/3/02

PROCESS & INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM


13 Process & Instumentation Diagram MHG/1/T/1102 5/3/02

STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

A LANGKAWI BOOSTER PUMP HOUSE


Base and Ground floor plan, intermediate beam plan, roof
1 MHG/1/S/1701 5/3/02 24/9/02
beam plan and corbel details

B PULAU TUBA BOOSTER PUMP HOUSE


2 Footing plan and footing detail MHG/1/S/1702 5/3/02 24/9/02

C GENERATOR HOUSE
3 Footing layout MHG/1/S/1703 5/3/02 15/10/02

Note : "P" - Preliminary, "T" - Tender, "Z" - Construction, "A,B,C….." - Revision A,B,C….., "R" - Record Drawings

Issue : 3 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF020/03


Date : Apr-2009 and copy to Senior Draftsperson Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Controlled External
Project Document

Project Name: Project Code:

Issue / Date of
Document Name Incoming From
Revision Receipt

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF020/04


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF020-04-Cont Ext Doc-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) External Drawing Register

Project: ____________________________________________________________________________ Job Code : _______________

DATE
DRAWING No. (External) BWP NO. DESCRIPTION CATEGORY SOURCE LETTER REF REMARKS
RECEIVED

Note on CATEGORY:
A – Architectura; U – Utility; SU – Survey; SI - Site Investigation, C - Civil, P - Planning, E - Electrical, M - Mechanical, S – Structural, T – Instrumentation, SCADA, Telemetry and P&ID

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF020/05


Date: Apr-2009 and Copy to Senior Draftsperson Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF020-05-Ext Drg Register-Apr2009.doc
QP 030 - Internal Quality Audits

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

INTERNAL QUALITY AUDITS

(Procedure BWP QP030)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
st
1 May-99 1 Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and
will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP030


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP030-Apr2009.doc
QP 030 - Internal Quality Audits

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This sets out the procedure for Internal Quality Audits (IQA’s) on all BWP’s projects and Quality System.
It describes the methods for scheduling, planning, preparing, performing, reporting, recording and follow
up on the IQA’s which are used to verify compliance with the documented Quality System.

1.2 The objective of an Internal Quality Audit is to determine whether the processes carried out are in
accordance with BWP’s Project Quality Plan and Quality System Document in addition to meeting Client,
Statutory and Regulatory requirements.

1.3 The Internal Quality Audit also serves to obtain data on the performance of each section in BWP in
compliance with the quality procedures and to detect any deficiencies for continuous improvement.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives

2.2 BWP QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

2.3 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.4 BWP QP080 – Qualifications and Training

2.5 BWP QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 The Quality System Manager (QSM) shall ensure that Internal Quality Audits are performed by suitably
trained and qualified personnel who as far as practicable have no direct or commercial responsibility for
the area, function or activity being audited.

3.2 The QSM shall nominate staff from the clerical/drafting/engineers group or other personnel as deemed
fit as internal auditors. Upon approval by the management, the internal auditors shall undergo a one
day training on internal audit and the quality system. The trained internal auditor shall be verified,
recorded and reviewed in accordance with BWP QP080.

3.3 The QSM shall plan up and maintain an Internal Audit Schedule (QF030/01). The schedule shall at least
show the section and related area to be audited at least once per year. The sequence of audits is subject to
the performance of past audit results. Where deemed necessary, periodic audit may be called for non-
performing areas/section or review of the process accordingly.

3.4 The QSM shall forward an IQA Notification Form (QF030/02) to the auditee(s). Where appropriate,
additional schedules may be provided to supplement the Audit Schedule.

3.5 In the event of “emergency” audits, there is no need to issue the revised audit schedule. However, a new
Audit Notification Form (QF030/02) will be issued accordingly.

3.6 The QSM shall ensure that the Audit Schedule reflects the importance of the activity/area audited and
takes into account past difficulties with the Quality System.

3.7 The QSM may decide upon additional unscheduled audits at short notice where deemed necessary by
events or as a result of a Management Review.

3.8 The auditor shall ensure that audits have 3 distinct phases:

i. opening meeting - introductions, arrangements, etc.


ii. conducting the audit - witnessing the objective evidence, etc.
iii. closing meeting - presentation of findings, agreements of follow-up dates, etc.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP030


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP030-Apr2009.doc
QP 030 - Internal Quality Audits

3.9 The audit criteria shall either be through interviews, examination of quality documents, observation of
activities and condition of the areas concern or a combination of any or all of the above.

3.10 The auditor shall use Standard IQA Checklist Forms (QF030/03 to QF030/07) to verify compliance and
record objective evidence and marked accordingly for performance review. The auditor should note that
in using QF030/06 – Audit Checklist for Design Section, where a question is not applicable to that
particular section, no points should be given to that question and the question is not taken into account in
the computation of the score.

3.11 The auditor shall record the non-compliances using the completed Nonconformance Report (NCR) Form
(QF040/01).

3.12 At the end of the audit, the auditor shall review the findings and ensure every NCR shows dates for
corrective and preventive actions.

3.13 The auditor shall report his/her findings using the Internal Quality Audit Report (QF030/08) and ensure
the auditee receives a copy of the report.

3.14 The QSM shall copy the Audit Report to the relevant Head of Section/Project Manager and if appropriate,
to the Managing Director.

3.15 The Head of Section/Project Manager shall ensure that the necessary corrective and preventative actions
are taken.

3.16 The QSM shall review the results of audits and provide suitable assistance where appropriate. The QSM
shall summarize the audits in the form Internal Quality Audit Summary Report (QF030/09), where he
shall indicate the number of non-conformances against the procedures/ISO clauses and the
auditees/sections(if any).

3.17 A statistical database of the current and previous audit results shall be developed in accordance with BWP
QP190 to assess the performance, efficiency and its effectiveness as well as identify areas for continual
improvement.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 QF030/01 - Audit Schedule


4.2 QF030/02 – Audit Notification Form
4.3 QF030/03 – Audit Checklist (Quality System Section)
4.4 QF030/04 - Audit Checklist (Administrative Section)
4.5 QF030/05 – Audit Checklist (Drafting Section)
4.6 QF030/06 – Audit Checklist (Design Office Section)
4.7 QF030/07 – Audit Checklist (Site Office)
4.8 QF030/08 – Internal Audit Report
4.9 QF030/09 – IQA Summary Report
4.10 QF040/01 - Nonconformance Report (NCR)

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records, which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP030


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP030-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Audit Schedule

Year : ________________________________

Audit Scheduled Audit Completed / NCRs Raised (if any) NCR Closed Out and Satisfactory Audit Satisfactory Completed

Sections to be Audited Related BWP Procedures Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Audit No.

1.0 Administrative Section


1.1 Management QP010, 015, 020, 050, 060, 080, 090, 100, 120, 140 & 200
1.2 Administrative Personnel QP015, 020, 040, 060, 080, 120, 130, 160, 170 & 200
2.0 Civil Section QP010, 015, 020, 040, 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 200 & DOM
3.0 Structural Section QP015, 020, 040, 060, 080, 090, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 200, DOM & SDM
4.0 Mechanical & Electrical Section QP015, 020, 040, 060, 070, 080, 090, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180 & DOM
5.0 Sewerage Section QP010, 015, 020, 040, 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 200 & DOM
6.0 Quality System Section QP010, 015, 020, 030, 040, 060, 070, 090, 100, 130, 190 & 200
7.0 Drafting Section QP015, 020, 060, 160, 170, 200 & DOM
8.0 Site Offices QP010, 015, 020, 040, 050, 060, 070, 090, 120, 150, 160, 170, 200 & SSM
A
B
C
D
E

Prepared by: ______________________ Date Up-dated: _________


(Quality System Manager)

Issue: 7 File in QA01/030/100 Document No. QF030/01


Date: Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF030-01-Audit Sch-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Audit Notification
Form
Audit No: BWP/IQA/

To Auditee : Through : QSM/PM

Please be informed that an Internal Quality Audit will be conducted as tabulated below. Kindly avail yourself to
your respective Auditor(s) at the time and date specified. Please inform the QSM and/or the Auditors if the date and
time mentioned below are unsuitable and an alternative date will be arranged.

Date of Audit
Time of Audit
Venue of Audit

Activities to be
Audited /
Procedures
Affected

Auditor(s) for the


Audit

Notification
issued by Quality System Manager / Auditors Signature Date of issue

Issue: 7 File in QA01/030/300 for QA Docs Document No. QF030/02


Date: Apr-2009 or PQF for Projects Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF030-02-Audit Notice-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Quality System Section

Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………


Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-03-IQA Check Quality-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Does each staff understand and display the
1
BWP's Quality Policy?
Quality Section member's understanding of the
2
Quality Objectives for this section?

3 Maintenance of Master List of QA Documents?

4 Master List of PQPs - QL010/05

Was there any circulation of revisions of QA


5
documents together with feedback?
Was a review of Quality Policy - QF015/01
6
carried out?

7 Was there a review of the Defects Record?

Is there a proper distribution and record of QA


8
document, QF020/01?
Was internal audit carried out at least once per
9
year?

10 Audit Schedule QF030/01 prepared?

Internal Audit Report QF030/08 and summary


11
QF030/09 carried out?

12 QF040/03 - NCR summary prepared?

13 Was a review of NCR, QF040/04 carried out?

Was there a Client Complaint Review,


14
QF050/02?

15 Review of Concession, QF090/02?

16 Management Review Meeting conducted?

Management Review Meeting Agenda,


17
QF100/01 prepared?
Minutes of Management Review Meeting ,
18
QF100/02 recorded?
Collation of quality objectives of various
19
sections, QF190/01 to QF190/05?
Summary of Internal Audits prepared,
20
QF190/06 and QF190/07?
Summary and review of Client Feedback,
21
QF190/08?

Issue No : 3 QF030/03
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\030\200 Sheet 1 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Quality System Section

Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………


Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-03-IQA Check Quality-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Was there a review of Continuous
22
Improvement, QF190/09?
Newsletter, notice board as part of
23
communication process?

Total points scored

In percentage Base total points is 23 X 5 = 115


Note : for each question please ask for sample document to prove and record in remarks column

Remarks and Observations

Auditor Date

Issue No : 3 QF030/03
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\030\200 Sheet 2 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Administrative Section
Name of Auditee :…………………………………………………………………………
Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-04-IQA Check Admin-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Does each staff understand and display the
1
BWP's Quality Policy?
Admin staff understanding of the Quality
2
Objectives for this section?
QF060/01-Archived Files Index List record
3
maintenance?

4 Storage and retrieval of records?

QF080/01-Qualification/Training record
5
maintenance?
Personnel files kept up to date with certificates,
6
etc?
QF080/02-Training Request Application
7
updating?
QF080/03-Training Course Evaluation Form
8
maintenance?

Summary list of staff with qualifications, years


9
of experience, designaton, etc kept?

10 Circulation of training course materials?

QF120/01-Approved Suppliers List


11
maintenance?
QF120/02-Approved Supplier Appraisal
12
updating?
QF120/03-Supplier Performance Appraisal
13
maintenance?

Does purchasing info include description of


14 product, processes & equipment, qualification of
personnel, QMS requirements,etc ?

15 QF130/01-Library Log Sheet maintenance?

16 Upkeep and arrangement of library?

17 QF170/01-Job/Proposal Directory updating?

QF170/02, 03, 04,05 - Incoming and Outgoing


18
Correspondence and Fax log maintenance?
Upkeep of computers, server, network, software,
19
printers and photocopier?
Upkeep of airconditioning system, toilets,
20
lighting, notice boards, etc

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/04


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to Admin Officer Sheet 1 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Administrative Section
Name of Auditee :…………………………………………………………………………
Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-04-IQA Check Admin-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Tender documents and reports traceability and
21
soft copy reference?
Packaging and protection when delivering
22
documents?

Total points scored

In percentage Base total points is 22 X 5 = 110

Note : for each question please ask for sample document to prove and record in remarks column

Remarks and Observations

Auditor Date

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/04


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to Admin Officer Sheet 2 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Drafting Section

Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………


Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-05-IQA Check Draft-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Does each staff understand and display the
1
BWP's Quality Policy?

Drafting staff understanding of the Quality


2
Objectives for this section?

Maintenance of QF015/03-Check Prints


3
Record?

4 Revision and status of drawings updating?

5 Control and disposal of superceded drawings?

Maintenance and storage of soft copy of


6
drawings?

7 Tender and Contract documents register?

"Check Print" and "Final Print" procedure


8
followed?

9 Checking and approval of drawings?

Drawing numbering system for detailed


10
design and reports?

Traceability and soft copy reference of each


11
drawing?

QF020/03-Drawing List Register


12
maintenance?

QF020/05-External Drawing Register


13
maintenance?

Storage & preservation of the external


14
drawings?

QF110/02-Printing and Binding register


15
maintained?

16 Storage and protection of all drawings?

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/05


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to Senior Draftsperson Sheet 1 of 3
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Drafting Section

Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………


Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-05-IQA Check Draft-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision

Total points scored

In percentage Base total points is 16 X 5 = 80

Note : for each question please ask for sample document to prove and record in remarks column

Remarks and Observations

Auditor Date

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/05


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to Senior Draftsperson Sheet 3 of 3
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Design Office Section

Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………


Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
SECTION : Civil / Structural / M&E / Sewerage/Drainage (Please delete )
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-06-IQA Check Design-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Does each staff understand and display the
1
BWP's Quality Policy?
Staff understanding of the Quality Objectives
2
for this section?
Maintenance of QF015/02-Drawing
3
Revisions Record?
Maintenance of QF015/03-Check Prints
4
Record?

Updating of QF020/01-Controlled Document


5
Distribution Record in PQF file?

Upkeep of QF020/02-Document Transmittal


6
Notice in PQF file?
QF020/03-Drawing List usage &
7
maintenance in distribution of drawings?
Maintenance of QF020/04-Controlled
8
External Project Documents?
Maintenance of QF020/05-External Drawing
9
Register?
QF050/03-Client Feedback Form sent and
10
updating?

11 QF140/01-Contract Review preparation?

QF140/02-Contract Review Job Description


12
Form preparation?
QF140/03-Project Completion Summary
13
preparation?
QF140/04-Project Close-out Checklist
14
completion?
Project Quality Plans prepartion and updating
15
in accordance with QP150?

16 Circulation of QF170/07-Site Visit report?

Checking of calculations in accordance with


17
WI180/01-Checking of detailed calculations?

Design verification in accordance with


18
QF180/01-Design Checklist?
Documents and report verification in
19 accordance with QF180/02-Design Validation
Form?
Review of QF180/03-Review/Technical
20
Review Summary Sheet?

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/06


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to Head of Section Sheet 1 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Design Office Section

Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………


Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
SECTION : Civil / Structural / M&E / Sewerage/Drainage (Please delete )
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-06-IQA Check Design-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Upkeep of QF180/04-Contract/Design
21
Change Form?

22 Checking and approval of drawings?

Drawing numbering system, revision and


23
status of drawings updating?

24 Control and disposal of superceded drawings?

Total points scored

In percentage Base total points is 24 X 5 = 120

Note : for each question please ask for sample document to prove and record in remarks column

Remarks and Observations

Auditor Date

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/06


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to Head of Section Sheet 2 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Site Office Section
Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………
Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
PROJECT : Job Code :
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-07-IQA Check Site-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


Does each staff understand and display the
1
BWP's Quality Policy?
Site staff understanding of the Quality
2
Objectives for this section?
3 Maintenance of QF015/04-Record of Defects?
Understanding of the Project Quality Plans by
4
the site staff?
QF020/03-Drawing List usage & control of
5
superceded drawings?
Maintenance of QFSSM/01-Site Diary
6
Record?
Record of communication list with Client,
7
contractors & emergency numbers?
Maintenance of QFSSM/02, 03 - Record of
8
Manpower & Machineries?
9 Record of QFSSM/04-Site Instruction issued?
Register of QFSSM/05-Request for
10
Information updated?
Understanding of Inspection & Test Plan for
11
Earthworks?
12 QFSSM/08-Earthworks Checklist updating?
Understanding of Inspection & Test Plan for
13
Piling Works?
14 QFSSM/09-Piling Works Checklist updating?

15 QFSSM/10-Piling Record maintenance?


Understanding of Inspection & Test Plan for
16
Concreting Works?
Register of QFSSM/06-Request for
17
Inspection updated?
18 Updating of QFSSM/11-Slump Test record?
Updating of QFSSM/12-Concrete Cube Test
19
report?
Understanding of Inspection & Test Plan for
20
Pipe Laying Works?
Updating of QFSSM/13-Pipe Delivery
21
Record?
Maintenance of QFSSM/14-Pipe Inspection
22
Record?

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/07


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to RE and Project Manager Sheet 1 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) AUDIT CHECKLIST
Site Office Section
Name of Auditee :……………………………………………………………………………
Please rate the following based on (5) - Excellent, (4) - Good, (3) - Average, (2) - Poor, (1) - Very Poor
PROJECT : Job Code :
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-07-IQA Check Site-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

No Description Score Remarks Decision


23 QFSSM/15-Pipelaying Record upkeep?

24 QFSSM/16-Level Record for pipelaying?


Maintenance of QFSSM/17-Air Test &
25
Visual Inspection Record?
Understanding of Inspection & Test Plan for
26
M&E Installation Works?
Upkeep of QFSSM/19-M&E Installation
27
Checklist?
Segregation of unapproved material and
28
maintenance of Rejected Material Dump?
Understanding of procedures if test on works
29
or materials has failed?
Maintenance of QF070/01-Calibrated/Project
30
Equipment Register?
QF070/02-Equipment Calibration record,
31
certificates and calibration intervals?
Protection, storage and maintenance of
32
equipment?
33 Approved Supplier List and its updating?

Control of non-conforming product and


34 issuance of QFSSM/07-Post Inspection
Checklist?

Total points scored

In percentage Base total points is 34 X 5 = 170

Note : for each question please ask for sample document to prove and record in remarks column

Remarks and Observations

Auditor Date

Issue No : 3 File in QA01\030\200 QF030/07


Date : Apr-2009 and Copy to RE and Project Manager Sheet 2 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Internal Audit Report

Audit No: Audit Date(s)


Section/Project:

Procedure Nos.

Quality System Manager (or representative) :


Lead Auditor :
Audit Team :

Auditee(s) :

ATTENDANCE
Opening Meeting Closing Meeting
Name Initials Name Initials

Type of Audit : Internal / External / Systems / Compliance / Pre-assessment


Scope of Audit :

Audit Criteria :

COMMENTS ON FINDINGS :

Non-conformity report
Total No. of major NCR(s) : List :
Total No. of minor NCR(s) : List :
Total No of observation(s) : List :
Note : Corrective action plans for all non-conformances (major/minor) raised shall be submitted to the internal auditor within one month
together with the evidence of implementation.

Issue: 7 File in QA01/030/400 Document No. QF030/08


Date: Apr-2009 & PQF for Projects Sheet 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF030-08-Int Audit Rep-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Internal Audit Report

SUMMARY OF REPORT

OPPORTUNITIES FOR IMPROVEMENT


Item Observations and Comments

Report by Internal Auditor Acknowledgement by Auditee


Name Name
Signature Signature
Date Date
Lead Internal Auditor
Name Signature Date
COPY OF REPORT TO (if necessary)

Head of Section / Project Manager

Director (Admin/Tech)

Issue: 7 File in QA01/030/400 Document No. QF030/08


Date: Apr-2009 & PQF for Projects Sheet 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF030-08-Int Audit Rep-Apr2009.doc
(27875-P )
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD Internal Quality Audit Summary Report
Audit Reference No. : Date of Audit : Summary Prepared by :

Auditors : 1 4
2 5
3 6

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF030-09-IQA Summary-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

Section Audited Number of Non-Conformances for Related BWP's Procedures

QP010 QP015 QP020 QP030 QP040 QP050 QP060 QP070 QP080 QP090 QP100 QP120 QP130 QP140 QP150 QP160 QP170 QP180 QP190 QP200 DOM SDM SSM Total

1.0 Administrative Section

1.1 Management

1.2 Administrative Personnel

2.0 Civil Section

3.0 Structural Section

4.0 Mechanical & Electrical Section

5.0 Sewerage/Drainage Section

6.0 Site Office

7.0 Quality System Section

8.0 Drafting Section

Total NCRs issued for each


Procedure

Issue: 7 File in QA01/030/500 QF 030/09


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

NON-CONFORMANCES,
CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTIONS

(Procedure BWP QP040)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R.Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue – General Revisions. Clause Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3.1, 3.2, 3.7 and QF040/01 amended.
QF040/02 introduced.
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and
will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP040


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP040-Apr2009.doc
QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure sets out the methods for control of any non-conformances relating to the product or
service which BWP provides to its Clients.

1.2 The objective is to ensure nonconforming products/services (documents/reports) are clearly


identified to preclude their submission to the Client.

1.3 This procedure also defines the methods for providing corrective and preventive actions which are
required as a result of the discovery of non-conformances and includes the analysis and review of
non-conformances for inclusion in the Management Review.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 All Quality System Procedures and Manuals

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 It is the responsibility of Quality System Manager/Project Manager/Head of Section/Senior Engineer


and Resident Engineer to follow this procedure.

3.2 All BWP personnel are responsible for identifying any non-conformances (NC) but the Project
Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer shall be responsible for the control of the NC. The QSM
shall ensure that corrective actions are taken for all NC and that preventive actions are initiated to
prevent any recurrence of the NC.

3.3 BWP personnel identifying a situation or activity which they consider may lead to NC and cannot be
corrected verbally, shall refer to the “Quality Plan” written for the project and via the Project
Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer raise a Nonconformance Report (NCR) (QF040/01). Any
non-conformance at site will be raised in accordance with Clause 3.11 below.

3.4 When an NCR has been raised the Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer shall as soon
as possible take action to rectify the NC. If the NC cannot be rectified immediately and if such NC will
affect the quality of subsequent processes or works the Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident
Engineer shall put a HOLD on the NC and inform all parties concerned.

3.5 The Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer shall then check whether the product
• Can be reworked
• Can be accepted with concessions in accordance to BWP QP090
• To be rejected or scrapped

3.6 In any event, the Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer shall ensure that the NC product
be segregated and prevented from unintended use while the corrective action is being taken. If the
product has been rejected or scrapped the Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer shall
decide whether to keep the product for future references or destroy it. All rejected or scrapped products
kept for future references shall be properly identified by the “SUPERSEDED” stamp.

3.7 All re-worked products/services shall be re-inspected in accordance with the Project Quality Plan or
Quality Procedure. Rectification of the nonconformance shall be as stated on the NCR form. If the
NCR has been disposed, all parties concerning the particular NCR shall be duly informed and if
necessary the replacement product shall be forwarded to them. Satisfactory completion of the follow-
up actions shall be reviewed and signed by the QSM. Also, the effectiveness of the corrective action
shall be verified and signed by the QSM. This essentially closes out the NCR.

3.8 A copy of the completed nonconformance report shall be filed with the project QA file and the original
passed to the QSM for recording (QF040/01).

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP040


Date: Apr-2009 Page:2 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP040-Apr2009.doc
QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

3.9 All the non-conformances are recorded in QF040/01.

3.10 The QSM will submit a Nonconformance Review (QF040/03) to the Management Review Meeting to
identify any adverse trends and further preventative actions and frequency being recorded in the
minutes of meeting and responsible person appointed to carry out the action.

3.11 Inspection of work on site will be carried out based on BWP-SSM – Site Supervision Manual. If minor
non-conformances are identified by resident site staff, Post Inspection Checklist (QFSSM/07), shall be
issued to Contractor and closed before they could proceed with subsequent work.

3.12 Records of non-conformance issued to the Contractor during site inspection other than Post Inspection
Checklist can be site instructions or formal letters by the Resident Engineer for remedial action.

3.13 In the case of major non-conformances or repeated minor non-conformances, site instruction or formal
letter by the Resident Engineer will be issued to the Contractor for remedial action. The Resident
Engineer shall ensure the Contractor rectify the non-conformances through method statements
submitted for review by the Resident Engineer. Further preventive actions shall be identified and
emphasized by the Resident Engineer.

4.0 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

4.1 Corrective action is defined as the action to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity or other
undesirable situation. Corrective action is taken to prevent recurrence whereas preventive action is
taken to prevent occurrence.

4.2 In filling out the NCR Form QF040/01, the Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer must
also record the corrective actions to be taken to ensure and prevent any recurrence of the NCR.

4.3 The Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer should also investigate the root cause of the
NCR and refer to the relevant quality procedures, work instructions and quality forms and investigate
for any anomalies or deficiencies that may cause the NCR and report such anomalies or deficiencies
including any proposed amendments to the QSM.

4.4 After the Corrective Action has been taken the QSM will monitor the NCR for any repeat of the same
NCR and check if the corrective action taken is effective.

4.5 The QSM will compile the NCR reports and distribute it to all personnel of BWP to inform and explain
the nature of the NCR and measures on how to prevent the recurrence of such NCR. Results of action
taken shall be recorded. In any event the identity of the originator of the NCR should not be revealed.

4.6 Corrective Actions taken for the NCR will be submitted for Management Review by the QSM. The
Corrective Action report should also outline the effectiveness of the Corrective Actions taken.

5.0 PREVENTIVE ACTIONS

5.1 Preventive action is defined as the action to eliminate the cause of a potential nonconformity or other
undesirable potential situation. Preventive action is taken to prevent occurrence whereas corrective
action is taken to prevent recurrence.

5.2 In filling out the NCR Form QF040/01, the Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer must
also record the preventive actions to be taken to ensure and prevent any occurrence of the NCR.

5.3 The Project Manager/Senior Engineer/Resident Engineer should also investigate the potential cause of
the NCR and determine such actions required to prevent the occurrence of such NCR in terms of
training or re-training or adequacy of equipment to be used. Such requirements shall be reported to the
QSM who shall compile it for approval by the top management.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP040


Date: Apr-2009 Page:3 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP040-Apr2009.doc
QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

5.4 The QSM shall compile all the NCR reports from all the sections in BWP, analyze the NCR, observe
any adverse trends, to review the relevant quality procedures, work instructions or forms and make the
necessary amendments for implementation. If necessary the QSM will introduce new forms or
checklist to be used in the Quality System.

5.5 Preventive Actions taken for the NCR will be submitted for Management Review by the QSM. The
Preventive Action report should also outline the effectiveness of the Preventive Actions taken.

6.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

6.1 WI150-01 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans

6.2 QF040/01 - Nonconformance Report

6.3 QF040/02 – Post Inspection Checklist

6.4 QF040/03 - Nonconformance Record

6.5 QF040/04 - Nonconformance Review

7.0 RECORDS

7.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP040


Date: Apr-2009 Page:4 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP040-Apr2009.doc
(27875-P)
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD Nonconformance Report (NCR)

NCR No.: / / (Number to be obtained from QSM)

Quality Audit No. (if applicable): Job Code :

Type of NCR Non-Conformance Client Complaint


Details of NCR :

Nonconformance against ISO / QM / QP / WI Clause(s) :


Nonconformance against other
requirement (Please state)
Nonconformance reported by: Date :

NOW PASS THIS FORM TO THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR AGREED ACTION
Cause / Potential Cause Of NCR :

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Date corrective action to be completed by :


Describe below the corrective actions that has been taken to eliminate the cause of the NCR:

Note: Corrective action is defined as the action to rectify the occurrence of a detected nonconformity or other
undesirable situations whereas preventive action is taken to prevent the occurrence of similar
nonconformities in the future.

Date of corrective action taken Evidence of corrective action enclosed

Issue: 7 File in QA01/040/100 Document No. QF040/01


Date: Apr-2009 cc Project Quality File Page 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF040-01-NCR Rep-Apr2009.doc
(27875-P)
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD Nonconformance Report (NCR)

PREVENTIVE ACTION
Describe below the preventive actions taken to prevent the occurrence of the NCR:

Note: Preventive action is defined as the action to eliminate the cause of a potential nonconformity or other
undesirable potential situations. Preventive action is taken to prevent reoccurrence whereas corrective
action is taken to rectify a detected occurrence.

Person
Responsible Name Signature Date:

PASS THIS FORM TO THE QUALITY SYSTEM MANAGER


Verification :

Verified by :
Name Signature Date:

Review of NCR and the effectiveness of corrective action :

NCR reviewed by:


Quality System Manager Signature Date:

Classification : Major / Minor* NCR Closed out Yes / No*


*Delete whichever not applicable

Issue: 7 File in QA01/040/100 Document No. QF040/01


Date: Apr-2009 cc Project Quality File Page 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF040-01-NCR Rep-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Review Meeting
Nonconformance Record

Year Job/ Date Relevant QA Docs Dateline CA Followed up & OK


Brief Summary of Problem Comments and Preventive Actions
No. Dept. Identified QP WI for Action QSM Date

Issue: 7 File in QA01/040/200 Document No. QF040/03


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF040-03-NCR Record-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Review Meeting
Nonconformance Review

Review period From Until


Covering NCR Nos. From To
The following report reviews the Nonconformance Reports for the period, examining them for adverse trends and
identifying further preventive action such as training/seminars or changes to documentation which are
recommended and should be implemented.
NCR No. Comments and Proposed Preventive Actions

Review reported by :
Quality System Manager Signature Date

Issue: 7 File in QA01/040/300 Document No. QF040/04


Date: Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF040-04-NCR Review-Apr2009.doc
QP050 - Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

CLIENT LIAISON, FEEDBACK and COMPLAINTS

(Procedure BWP QP050)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and
will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved documen

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP050


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP050-Apr2009.doc
QP050 - Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure sets out the methods and guidelines for dealing with liaison with the clients, feedback and
complaints received from clients.

1.2 This procedure applies to BWP project personnel as well as to contacts and information interchange with
clients.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

2.2 BWP QP120 - Purchasing

2.3 BWP QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

2.4 BWP QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Client Contact

3.1.1 Project Managers have overall responsibility for maintaining client relationships and ensuring that
relevant contact is recorded. Project Managers shall ensure that information on client contact is included
in the Project Quality Plan and communicated to the Admin Department.

3.1.2 Information to be obtained is regarding name, contact person, address, telephone numbers, facsimile
number and e-mail address.

3.1.3 Telephone conversations with the client should be recorded in QF170/08 -Telephone Conversation
Record Sheet and circulated to the relevant staff.

3.1.4 During site visits or meeting with the client, Form QF170/07-Site Visit Report shall be prepared, recorded
and circulated to the relevant staff.

3.2 Client Complaints

3.2.1 Client complaint is an indicator of low Client satisfaction on the products or services provided by BWP.

3.2.2 When a complaint is received by any member of staff, it is his responsibility to forward the complaint to
the Project Manager.

3.2.3 If the Project Manager considers the complaint may result in legal action, or other claim of professional
negligence may be involved, the Project Manager will not admit any liability to the client and shall
immediately advise the Managing Director, who shall instruct the Project Manager how to proceed (and
inform the Company’s Insurers if appropriate).

3.2.4 It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to investigate and respond to the Client in a timely
manner and record the response on the Client Complaint Form (QF050/01) and file a copy in the
project file. The appropriate preventive actions shall also be recorded.

3.2.5 If the complaint relates to nonconforming product or service, it will be dealt in accordance with BWP
QP040.

3.2.6 If the complaint is a result of poor critical supplier performance, it will be addressed as in BWP QP120.

Issue: 6 Document No: BWP QP050


Date: Jun-2004 Page: 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP050-Apr2009.doc
QP050 - Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

3.2.7 The completed report (QF050/01) shall be passed to the QSM for inclusion at the Management Review
Meeting (QF050/02). The QSM shall if deemed necessary circulate such report for the information of the
staff.

3.3 Client Feedback

3.3.1 In order to gauge the Client satisfaction on the products and services provided by BWP, it is necessary to
obtain feedback from the Client.

3.3.2 Client feedback will be required at one or more of the following stages unless specific review dates had
been identified:-

• At least once per calendar year (in May) during the course of the project for overall project
assessment;
• Once Conceptual Design Report or Final Report (depending on type of project) is sent;
• Upon completion of each contract/package (only if successive contracts are completed more than 6
months apart);
• Upon completion of the whole project.

3.3.3 The Project Manager shall be responsible for transmitting the form and obtain the feedback from the
Client. Form QF050/03 - Client Feedback Form shall be used for this purpose. The Project Manager must
ensure that all irrelevant issues are “crossed out” manually to avoid confusion to the Client.

3.3.4 The Project Manager upon receiving the completed forms shall analyze them to see how the comments by
the client relate to the project, whether it constitutes a Client Complaint or whether there is room for
improvement on the procedures or design.

3.3.5 If it constitutes a Client Complaint, the Project Manager shall then discuss it with the Managing Director
and raise the Client Complaint Form (QF050/01) and also arrange a meeting with the Client if
necessary.

3.3.6 All the completed Client Feedback forms shall be copied to the Quality System Manager who shall
analyze them according to procedure BWP QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement.
The Quality System Manager shall also circulate to all staff the results of the client feedback for the
improvement of the procedures and design.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 BWP QF050/01 - Client Complaint Report.

4.2 BWP QF050/02- Client Complaint Review.

4.3 BWP QF050/03 – Client Feedback Form.

4.4 BWP QF170/08 – Telephone Conversation Record Sheet.

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP050


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP050-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Client Complaint Report

Client Details : Date :

Client Contact Person: Tel :

Project : Job Code :

Complaint Name & Address :


Received
From
Contact Person : Tel :
Details of (Attach copies of relevant correspondence)
Complaint

Investigation Results of Investigations:


of causes of
Complaints
by Project
Director/ PM

Corrective Actions:

Insurers Notified ? Yes No N/A


Unsatisfactory Supply Report (QF120/02) raised? Yes No N/A

Nonconformance Report (QF040/01) raised? Yes No

Response to (Attach relevant correspondence)


Client or
Complainant

Preventive
Actions
Taken

NOW PASS THIS FORM TO QUALITY SYSTEM MANAGER

Report Reviewed by Quality System Manager

Date: Ref. No.

Issue: 7 File in PQF Document No. QF050/01


Date: Apr-2009 Copy to QSM (File in QA01/050/100) Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF050-01-Client Compl Rep-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Client Complaint Review

Client Complaint Report Review


Job No. Date Client
Project Manager Comments

Issue: 7 File in QA01/050/100 Document No. QF050/02


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF050-02-Client Compl Rev-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Client Feedback Form

EVALUATION FORM
Job Title: Job Code:
Client : Date :
Contract :
Please rate the following issues from a scale of 1(Unsatisfactory) to 4(Highly Satisfactorily) according to
your assessment (please √)

No. Questions 4 3 2 1 N/A


PROJECT MANAGEMENT WORKS
1 The level of commitment of our management in this project?
Our commitment and involvement in obtaining approval and meeting
2 requirements from the regulating Authorities?
3 Our communication process thru’ post, phone, fax and e-mail?
Our responsibility in handling your property for our references like
4 reports, survey drawings, etc?
5 Submission of report, tender and contract documents as per schedule?
6 Our response to your queries and complaints?
DESIGN WORKS
Suitability of the criteria, methodology and technology used in our
7 design?
Has economy of design being achieved without neglecting the product
8 quality and safety?
9 Quality of report, tender and contract documents up to expectations?
10 Sufficiency of design?
11 Report Quality?
SUPERVISION WORKS
The overall level of competency and commitment of our site and
12 office personnel in the project?
Our plan and procedures to control & monitor the cost and quality of
13 the design as well as during construction?
14 Our overall commitment to minimize public disruption?
COMPLETED WORKS
Did the design provide sufficient facilities and comfortable working
15
space with pleasing aesthetic?
16 Quality & content of As-Built Drawings and O&M Manual?
17 Suitability of completed works for it’s intended use and operation?
18 Overall quality of completed works?

Chop Signature Date

Note : Please return completed form to BW PERUNDING SDN BHD at No.3, Jalan Manau, Off Jalan Kg
Attap, 50460 Kuala Lumpur Tel : 603-22744418, Fax : 603-22744318, e-mail : admin@bwp.com.my

Issue: 4 File in PQF file Document No. QF050/03


Date: Apr-2009 Copy to QSM (File in QA01/050/200) Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF050-03-Client Feedback-Apr2009.doc
QP060 - Quality Records

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

QUALITY RECORDS

(Procedure BWP QP060)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the Custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP060


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP060-Apr2009.doc
QP060 - Quality Records

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure outlines the methods for identifying, maintaining, retaining, filing, indexing, and disposing
of Quality Records.

1.2 This procedure applies to Quality Records which are generated throughout the BWP Quality System.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 All BWP Quality Procedures are related documents.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 The Quality System Manager (QSM) and Project Manager(s) are responsible for ensuring that this
procedure is complied with.

3.2 The Quality Records, unless otherwise specified, shall be retained for a period of 10 years after
completion of a job. Project Documents [i.e. Contract Files, CAD Drawings (including hardcopy),
technical files, etc.] are considered Quality Records.

3.3 The Project Manager and QSM are responsible for ensuring that Quality Records are securely maintained.
The Quality Records shall be listed in the Project Quality Plan and/or Quality System.

3.4 All Quality Records identified shall be filed at locations as listed in the tables attached with this procedure.

3.5 Quality Records to be disposed shall be approved by the Director (Tech/Admin)/Managing Director and
to be in trash or otherwise determined.

3.6 Quality Records identified below shall be collected, indexed, filed/accessed/stored, and maintained as
follows: (see following page)

3.7 Upon completion of a project and the Project Close-out stage according to QP140 – Proposal and
Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects, the Director (Admin/Tech) shall instruct the Admin
Officer to archive the related project files according to Work Instruction WI060-01 – Indexing of
Archived Files.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP060


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP060-Apr2009.doc
QP060 - Quality Records

LIST OF QUALITY RECORDS


(QUALITY SYSTEM)

REF.
NAME OF FORM RESPONSIBILITY LOCATION RETENTION
NO
QL010/01 Master List of QM and Procedures
QL010/02 Master List of Work Instructions
QL010/03 Master List of Lists Quality System Quality System
10 Years
QL010/04 Master List of Forms Manager (QSM) Cabinet
QL010/05 Master List of Project Quality Plans

QF015/01 Review of Quality Policy


QF015/02 Drawing Revision Record
QF015/03 Check Prints Record Quality System
QSM 10 Years
QF015/04 Defects Record Cabinet

QF020/01 Controlled Document Distribution


Record Sheet
Quality System
QF020/02 Document Transmittal Form QSM 10 Years
Cabinet

QF030/01 Audit Schedule


QF030/02 Audit Notification Form
QF030/03 Audit Checklist(Quality Section)
QF030/04 Audit Checklist(Admin Section)
QF030/05 Audit Checklist(Drafting Section)
Quality System
QF030/06 Audit Checklist(Design Office) QSM 10 years
Cabinet
QF030/07 Audit Checklist(Site Office)
QF030/08 Internal Audit Report
QF030/09 Internal Quality Audit Summary Rep

QF040/01 Nonconformance Report (NCR)


QF040/03 Review Meeting Nonconformance
Record Quality System
QSM 10 Years
QF040/04 Review Meeting Nonconformance Cabinet
Review

QF050/01 Client Complaint Report Quality


QF050/02 Client Complaint Review System Cabinet
QF050/03 Client Feedback Form QSM / PM & PQF for 10 Years
Projects

QF060/01 Archived Files Index List Sheet Admin Officer Admin Cabinet 10 Years

QF080/01 Qualification / Training Record Training File


QF080/02 Training Request Application /Personnel Files
Director(Admin/Tech)
QF080/03 Training Course Evaluation Form in Admin 10 Years
/Admin Officer
Cabinet

QF090/01 Concession Agreement QSM / PM Quality System


QF090/02 Concession Review Cabinet & PQF
10 Years
for Projects

QF100/02 Management Review Meeting QSM Quality System


10 Years
Record Cabinet

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP060


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP060-Apr2009.doc
QP060 - Quality Records

REF.
NAME OF FORM RESPONSIBILITY LOCATION RETENTION
NO
QF120/01 Approved Suppliers List
QF120/02 Approved Suppliers Appraisal Form Director(Admin/Tech) Quality System
QF120/03 Supplier Performance Appraisal Admin Officer / QSM Cabinet/Admin 10 Years
Form / Project Manager Cabinet

QF190/01 BWP Quality Objectives


QF190/02 Quality Objectives (Quality and
Admin Section)
QF190/03 Quality Objectives (Drafting Section)

QF190/04 Quality Objectives (Design Office


Section)
Quality System
QF190/05 Quality Objectives (Site Office) QSM 10 Years
Cabinet
QF190/06 Summary of Internal Audits (Head
Office)
QF190/07 Summary of Internal Audits (Site
Office)
QF190/08 Summary of Client Feedback
QF190/09 Review of Continuous Improvement

LIST OF QUALITY RECORDS


(PROJECT RELATED)

REF. NAME OF FORM RESPONSIBILITY LOCATION RETENTION


NO
QF015/02 Drawing Revision Record Head of Section/QSM Project Quality
File /
QF015/03 Check Prints Record Project Engineer / Project Quality
Senior Draftsperson File / &Drg File
10 Years
QF015/04 Defects Record Resident Engineer / Project Quality
PM File /

QF020/01 Controlled Document Distribution


Record Sheet
QF020/02 Document Transmittal Form Project Quality
QF020/03 Drawings List Project Managers/ File / Project 10 Years
QF020/04 Controlled External Project Document Cabinet
QF020/05 External Drawing Register

QF040/01 Non-conformance Report Project Manager Project Quality 10 years


File /

QF050/01 Client Complaint Report Project Managers Project Quality 10 years


QF050/03 Client Feedback File /

QF070/01 Calibrated/Project Equipment Project Managers Project Quality


Register File
3 Years
QF070/02 Equipment Calibration Record

QF090/01 Concession Agreement Project Managers Project Quality 10 years


File

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP060


Date: Apr-2009 Page 4 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP060-Apr2009.doc
QP060 - Quality Records

REF.
NAME OF FORM RESPONSIBILITY LOCATION RETENTION
NO
QF140/01 Contract Review
QF140/02 Jobs Description Form QSM / Project Project Quality 10 years
QF140/03 Project Completion Summary Managers File
QF140/04 Project Close-Out Checklist

WI150/01 Project Quality Plan Project Managers Project Quality 10 years


File

QF170/01 Jobs Directory Admin Officer Admin Cabinet 10 Years

QF170/02 Incoming Correspondence Log Admin Officer Kept by


QF170/03 Incoming Fax Log Secretary
QF170/04 Outgoing Correspondence Log
QF170/05 Outgoing Fax Log
QF170/05 Outgoing Fax Log

QF170/06 Time Sheets Kept by Accts


Section

QF170/07 Site Visit Report Project Quality


File

QF180/01 Design Checklist Director(Admin/Tech) Project Quality 10 Years


QF180/02 Design Verification Form (Reports & Project Managers File
Documents)
QF180/03 Review/Technical Review Summary
Sheet
QF180/04 Contract/Design Change Form

Projects CAD Drawing (Hardcopy) Project Manager/ Drawing Bin / 10 years


Senior Draftsperson Hanger

Note: All documents/drawings, etc for completed projects are archived in the storeroom of BWP Head Office
building, in Ipoh, or in a storage facility arranged by the Director (Admin/Tech) or Managing Director.
The contents of each box are indexed.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 WI060-01 – Indexing of Archived Files

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with this procedure.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP060


Date: Apr-2009 Page 5 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP060-Apr2009.doc
WI060-01 – Indexing of Archived Files

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

WORK INSTRUCTION

for

INDEXING OF ARCHIVED FILES

(Work Instruction BWP WI 060-01)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 Mar-2003 1st Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Jun-2004 2nd Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Apr-2009 3rd Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(includes Copy No.)

(N.B. Red-Stamped and


numbered copies are
'controlled' and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this manual should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP WI 060-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi060-01-Apr2009.doc
WI060-01 – Indexing of Archived Files

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This work instruction sets out the method of indexing the archived files for all completed projects.

1.2 This instruction applies to only files in the filing cabinets and is meant to make available sufficient space
for files of new projects.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP020 - Controlled Documentation

2.2 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.3 BWP QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

3.0 INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 Upon completion of a project and the Project Close-out phase according to QP140 – Proposal and Contract
Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects, the Director (Admin/Tech) shall instruct the Admin Officer to
archive the related project files.

3.2 The Admin Officer/Clerk shall remove such files from the filing cabinets, group them in sequence
according to the Correspondence File Numbering System.

3.3 The Admin Officer/Clerk shall then fill out QF060/01 – Archived Files Index List Sheet. Only one sheet
shall be used for each box.

3.4 The QF060/01 – Archived Files Index List Sheet shall be pasted on the box and the box shall be labeled
according to the date the box was filled with the files, e.g. 03/2003/1, 03/2003/2, etc. An additional copy of
the form should also be placed on top of the files in the box.

3.5 A copy of the QF060/01 - Archived Files Index List Sheet shall be kept by the Admin Officer for reference
and for locating the files in the future.

3.6 The Admin Officer shall then assign a location for the box. The location of the box shall not be moved
without the knowledge and agreement of the Admin Officer who shall then update the records of the boxes.

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP WI 060-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi060-01-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Archived Files Index List Sheet

Box No : Location of Box : Date :

Job Code File No Description of Files File Open on File Closed on Remarks

Notes : Only one form shall be used for one box of files
This form shall be pasted on the box.

Issue: 3 File in Admin Cabinet Document No. QF060/01


Date: Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF060-01-Archive
File Index-Apr2009.doc
QP070 - Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

PROCEDURE

for

MAINTENANCE AND CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT

(Procedure BWP QP070)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the Custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP QP070


Date : Apr-2009
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP070-Apr2009.doc Page 1 of
2
QP070 - Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure outlines the methods to ensure that the accuracy of inspection, measuring and test
equipment is controlled and maintained.

1.2 This procedure applies to all inspection, measuring and test equipment (for absolute results, not general
indications) used by BWP. In general the equipment are only used during Site Supervision of the works.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions.


2.2 BWP SSM – Site Supervision Manual.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 The Project Manager has overall responsibility for listing, maintenance and calibration of essential
equipment. For projects with multiple contracts the Project Manager will use his/her discretion on the
necessity of such equipment for the smaller contracts and propose other forms of testing and measurement.
The Resident Engineer shall be responsible for the calibration, maintenance and storage of the equipment.

3.2 The inspection, testing or measuring equipment shall be itemized in the Calibrated/Project Equipment
Register form QF070/01.

3.3 For each individual item of equipment, an Equipment Calibration Record form (QF070/02) shall be
completed and used to log calibration details. This record shall be maintained.

3.4 Equipment calibration shall be carried out by suitably qualified suppliers or personnel by use of Work
Instructions issued by the Project Manager and to approved national or international standards. All
equipment shall be calibrated at the interval specified in the Project Quality Plan.

3.5 Equipment found to be inaccurate shall be removed from use, repaired and recalibrated or discarded.

3.6 All calibrated equipment shall be sealed and kept in a secure place to prevent unauthorised adjustment and
protected from damage and deterioration during handling, maintenance and storage.

3.7 Where an “out of calibration” condition is confirmed, which a Project Manager finds may affect previous
results, a Non-conformance Report (QF040/01) shall be raised (see BWP QP040).

3.8 Where practical, inspection, measurement or test records using the equipment which proved to be faulty
shall be rechecked for validity. Such revalidation shall be recorded on the Nonconformance Report and
appropriate action taken on products tested using the faulty equipment.

3.9 Completed Non-conformance Reports shall be considered Quality Records and filed accordingly.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 QF040/01 – Non-conformance Report


4.2 QF070/01 - Calibrated/Project Equipment Register
4.3 QF070/02 - Equipment Calibration Record

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP QP070


Date : Apr-2009 Page 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP070-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Calibrated/Project Equipment Register

Project : ________________________________________________________________________ Job Code:

Contract No: _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Make and Model of Serial No. or Accuracy Calibration Calibration Record


Equipment Used For Comments
Equipment BWP No. Required Frequency Sheet No.

Comments:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF070/01


Date: Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF070-01-Equip Register-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Equipment Calibration
Record
Sheet No.

Make and Model of Equipment

Equipment used for

Serial Number or BWP Number

Accuracy Required

Calibration Location

Equipment Location Person Responsible

Method of Calibration Status Indication

Method of Calibration

Date of Calibration Details


Reason for Calibration Initials Next due date
Calibration (Certificate Number, etc)

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF070/02


Date: Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF070-02-Equip Calibration-Apr2009.doc
QP080 - Qualifications and Training

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

QUALIFICATIONS and TRAINING

(Procedure BWP QP080)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
st
1 May-99 1 Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the Custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP080


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP080-Apr2009.doc
QP080 - Qualifications and Training

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the methods for ensuring that personnel are adequately qualified to carry out the
tasks allocated to them and to evaluate the effectiveness of the training undertaken and that the
qualification is recorded.

1.2 This procedure describes the methods for performing and recording qualification and training reviews to
verify the continuing adequacy of personnel qualification.

1.3 This procedure applies to BWP personnel whose responsibilities and activities have, or potentially have, a
bearing on the quality of the product/service provided to Clients.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

2.2 BWP QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 General

3.1.1 The Managing Director, Director (Admin/Tech), Project Managers (for project specific jobs) have overall
responsibility for ensuring that this procedure is complied with.

3.1.2 The Admin Officer is responsible for maintaining BWP personnel records, including additional training
records.

3.2 Qualifications/Training Records

3.2.1 The Quality System Manager shall provide “Quality Awareness” training to appropriate staff. This
training shall be recorded on the individual’s Qualification/Training Record (QF080/01).

3.2.2 Evidence of qualification shall be obtained where practicable, and may be in the form of:

a) certificates of academic success


b) letters of attendance
c) references from previous employment/recommendations
d) certificates of membership of professional body or institution
e) Curriculum Vitae
f) successfully completed internal training verified by the relevant Manager, supported by a memo or
other records of the subjects covered; or
g) experience verified by the relevant Project Manager of the person’s competence, supported by a
memo or other record of subjects covered.

Copies of any of the above shall be kept in the individuals personnel file; verifications shall be recorded
on the individuals Qualification/Training Record (QF080/01).

3.2.3 The Admin Officer shall also prepare a summary list of the staff which shall include; name, summary of
qualifications, years of experience, current designation and location of posting. This shall be used by
Project Engineers in preparing proposals under BWP QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up
and Close-out for Projects.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP080


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP080-Apr2009.doc
QP080 - Qualifications and Training

3.3 Training Review

3.3.1 On a periodic basis (at least annually) or on a need basis and in conjunction with BWP’s annual
Performance Appraisal, formal staff training reviews shall be carried out. From this, the training needs
will be identified. When training is required, the Head of Section/Project Managers shall fill in a Training
Application Form (QF080/02).

3.3.2 Upon receipt of any relevant course brochures, the Director (Admin/Tech) shall pass it to the Admin
Officer for circulation to Head of Section/Project Manager for attention. If any staff under them is
interested in the course, he/she shall raise it to the Head of Section/Project Manager/Director
(Admin/Tech) and form QF080/02 shall be filled by the Head of Section/Project Manager for approval.

3.3.3 Training is also identified on a project-by-project basis. When training is required, the Project Managers
shall decide how the training is to be carried out (e.g. On-the-job training or attending course).

3.3.4 Upon completion of the training courses, participants shall complete a Training Course Evaluation Form
(QF080/03). This form together with copy of certificate or proof of attendance shall be submitted to Head
of Section/Project Manager who recommended the training for evaluation of the training undertaken.
Head of Section/Project Manager shall review and comment on the effectiveness of the training and make
recommendation of the training to others, if necessary.

3.3.5 The completed form (QF080/03) shall then be submitted to the Director (Admin/Tech) for action/record.
Copy of certificates or other acknowledgments shall be placed in the individual’s personnel file and
recorded as Clause 3.2.2 above.

3.3.6 The Admin Officer shall then update QF080/01 – Qualification/Training Record form

3.3.7 Any training/seminar materials shall be circulated to other staff by the Admin Officer and later to be
recorded and kept in the library for reference.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 QF080/01 - Qualification/Training Record

4.2 QF080/02 - Training Request Application

4.3 QF080/03 - Training Course Evaluation Form

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP080


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP080-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Qualification/Training Record

Name: Staff ID :

Training/ Certificate Comment


Date Designation Section
Qualification (CV etc. on file) (And Approval if in-house)

Issue: 7 File in Admin. Cabinet Document No. QF080/01


Date: Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF080-01-Qualif Train Rec-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Training Request
Application

To be filled in by Head of Section/Project Manager


Training required for (Name):
For (Project or others):

Objective of training:

Proposed Seminar/Course/Work under supervision/Others (eg; 6 months experience)

(Attach course or Seminar details)

Estimated Costs:
Seminar/Course Organizer :

To be completed by Managing Director /Director (Admin/Tech)


Course Approval Approved / Not Approved

Name Signature Date


Remarks: (such as why approval not given):-

To be completed by Managing Director/Director(Admin/Tech) after


Completion of Form QF/080/03.
Any further action required?

Other Comments:

Name Signature Date

RETURN COMPLETED FORM TO ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER

Issue: 7 File in Admin Cabinet Document No. QF080/02


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF080-02-Train Request-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Training Course
Evaluation Form

To be completed by Participant
Name : Date :
Course Title/Training Experience:

Did you request for this course? Yes No (Please √)


Was this course required by your supervisor? Yes No (Please √)
Was the instructor understandable? Yes No (Please √)
Did the course meet the objective? Yes No (Please √)
Would you recommend it to other participants? Yes No (Please √)
Excellen
How did you rate the course? Good Fair Poor (Please √)
t
Is the training relevant to your current job? (Please elaborate)

Brief summary of what you have learned from this course :

What (if any) changes would you suggest?

Other comments :

To be completed by Head of Section/Project Manager


Training successful?

Other comments :

Name Signature Date


PLEASE RETURN COMPLETED FORM AND COPY OF CERTIFICATE
TO ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER

Issue: 7 File in Admin. Cabinet Document No. QF080/03


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF080-03-Train Course Eval-Apr2009.doc
QP090 - Concessions

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

CONCESSIONS

(Procedure BWP QP090)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the Custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved documen

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP090


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP090-Apr2009.doc
QP090 - Concessions

1.0 PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the methods for the request, processing and acceptance or rejection of
concessions. “Concessions” shall be regarded as “short-term” document change requests. Only on final
review and approval by the Management Review Team or the Quality System Manager, the changes can
be incorporated permanently into the QA System.

1.2 This procedure applies to instances when:

i) BWP personnel need to deviate from Quality System procedures - PROCEDURAL


CONCESSIONS

ii) BWP need to seek extensions/contract relaxation from Clients - CLIENT CONCESSIONS

iii) BWP critical suppliers request a concession from BWP - SUPPLIER CONCESSIONS

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 All BWP Quality Procedures

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Procedural Concession

3.1.1 All applications for procedural concessions shall be made using QF090/01. Head of Section/Project
Managers shall check the application and forward it to the Quality System Manager.

3.1.2 The Quality System Manager shall evaluate the request for implications upon the quality of the
product/service to the Client, and shall:

i) grant the concession; or


ii) reject the concession

In either case the QSM shall record the decision on the concession application form (QF090/01).

3.1.3 If the concession is granted, the Quality System Manager shall record measures taken on (QF090/01). The
QF090/01 shall be held in the Project Quality File and copy given to the Quality System Manager.

3.2 Client Concessions

3.2.1 Where the Project Manager feels that BWP will not meet the requirements of the Client’s Brief (or verbal
understanding), the Project Manager may seek a Client concession through the Managing Director
/Director (Admin/Tech).

3.2.2 Request for Client concessions shall be granted/rejected by the Managing Director
/Director(Admin/Tech).

3.2.3 Client concessions may be negotiated and agreed in a number of ways such as:

i) Verbally of which the conversation shall be recorded;

ii) During meetings of which the minutes of meeting shall be maintained;

iii) Via correspondence.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP090


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP090-Apr2009.doc
QP090 - Concessions

3.2.4 The Project Manager shall ensure that where appropriate, concessions are confirmed to the Client in
writing. The Project Manager shall comply with the Clients’ required forms, if applicable.

3.2.5 Client concessions shall be recorded using QF090/01. The completed form shall be held in the Project
Quality File with copy passed to the Quality System Manager. Copies of any confirmation letters, to the
Client and all other relevant correspondence, forms, applications, data, etc., shall be attached to the form
(QF090/01).

3.3 Supplier Concessions

3.3.1 Supplier concessions shall be granted /rejected by the Managing Director or delegated authority and
recorded on QF090/01.

3.3.2 Concession Agreement (QF090/01) shall be filed in the Project Quality File and copy shall be forwarded
to the Quality System Manager.

3.4 Concession Records and Review

3.4.1 The Quality System Manager shall maintain records of all concessions.

3.4.2 The Quality System Manager shall review Concession Records (using QF090/02) on a periodic basis.

3.4.3 The Quality System Manager shall present a summary of the Concession Records Review at the
Management Review Meeting. The Management Review meeting shall review the implications of these
concessions on the Quality System and decide whether these changes can be incorporated into the QA
System.

3.5 Document Change Requests

3.5.1 The “Concessions’ granted shall be regarded as a document change requested on a ‘short-term’ basis.

3.5.2 On review and approval by the Management Review Meeting, the document change requests can be
formalized and incorporated into the QA System.

3.5.3 All members of staff are allowed to submit Concessions/Document Change Requests to the Quality
System Manager.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 QF090/01 - Concession Agreement

4.2 QF090/02 - Concession Review

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP090


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP090-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Concession Agreement

Requested by: Type of *Procedural:


Concession *Client
Date of Request: (Please √) *Supplier

Project: Job Code :

Client :

Details of Concession Request:

Document: Clause Number:

Nature/Reason for Concession (give full explanation):

Name of Project Manager Signature Date

For Procedural and Supplier Concession

Concession Granted: Rejected: (Please √)

For period: (max. 3 months or length of project)

Reasons/Comments :

Name of Quality System Manager Signature Date

For Client Concession

Approved / Not Approved

Managing Director / Director (Admin/Tech) Signature Date

Copy of this completed form passed to QSM Date: ___________________

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File QF090/01


Date : Apr-2009 Copy to QSM (File in QA01/090/100) Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF090-01-Concession Agmt-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Concession Review

Job Concession Concessions Reviewed


Date Client
Code Type QSM Date Comments

Issue: 7 File in QA01/090/100 Document No. QF090/02


Date: Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF090-02-Concession Review-Apr2009.doc
QP100 - Management Review

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD


PROCEDURE

for

MANAGEMENT REVIEW

(Procedure BWP QP100)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested
improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the Custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP100


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP100-Apr2009.doc
QP100 - Management Review

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 The procedure describes the methods for conducting the periodic formal Management Review of the
continuing effectiveness and suitability of the BWP Quality System including the Quality Policy and
Objectives. In addition, to review procedures which have been identified by the Quality System Manager
for adverse trends including corrective and preventive action. Then, if necessary, to recommend and
authorize changes to the Quality System.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP030 - Internal Quality Audit (IQA)

2.2 BWP QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

2.3 BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

2.4 BWP QP060 – Quality Records

2.5 BWP QP080 – Qualifications and Training

2.6 BWP QP090 – Concessions

2.7 BWP QP120 – Purchasing

2.8 BWP QP170 – Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration

2.9 BWP QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

2.10 BWP QP190 – Statistical Techniques and Continuous Improvement

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Management Review

3.1.1 BWP’s senior management shall undertake reviews of the Quality System at least on half yearly intervals.
The participants of the review shall at least include the Director (Admin/Technical), Quality System
Manager and one Internal Auditor/Lead Internal Auditor.

3.1.2 The Quality System Manager shall prepare the review inputs in the form of an Agenda which will be
based on the pre-set Agenda (QF100/01) for the Management Review Meeting(s). This agenda includes
review of the company’s Quality Policy and Objectives, corrective and preventive actions,
nonconformances, problem areas, client complaints and overall suitability of the quality system. A
summary of these items as procedures to be included on the agenda, are listed as follows:

• BWP QP015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives


• BWP QP030 - Internal Quality Audit and the results
• BWP QP040 - Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions
• BWP QP050 - Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints
• BWP QP060 - Quality Records
• BWP QP080 - Qualifications and Training
• BWP QP090 - Concessions
• BWP QP120 – Purchasing
• BWP QP170 – Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration
• BWP QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews
• BWP QP190 – Statistical Techniques and Continuous Improvement

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP100


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP100-Apr2009.doc
QP100 - Management Review

3.1.3 From the Management Review Meeting, the Quality System Manager shall record the improvements
required for the effective implementation of the quality system and its procedures, improvement of the
design and design control processes to meet client requirements and the resource needs including
manpower and facilities.

3.1.4 The Quality System Manager shall record the Management Review Meeting using the Management
Review Meeting Record (QF100/02).

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS AND FORMS

4.1 QF100/01 - Management Review - Meeting Agenda

4.2 QF100/02 - Management Review - Meeting Record

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP100


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP100-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Management Review
Meeting - Agenda

1. Confirmation of minutes of the last meeting and outstanding issues

2. Review Internal Audits carried out since last meeting

3. Review number of nonconformances

4. Review of Customer Complaints

5. Review of Corrective and Preventive Actions resulting from Internal Audits, nonconformances and
customer complaints.

6. Review the Internal Audit Programme

7. Review of resource needs including manpower and facilities

8. Review Training Needs

9. Review of Concessions

10. Review of Purchasing (Approved Suppliers)

11. Review of Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration

12. Review of Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

13. Review of results of Statistical Techniques

14. Review the Quality System Manual to ensure its continuing effectiveness to satisfy the
requirements of:

- MS ISO 9001 : 2000


- The Quality Policy
- The Quality Objectives

15. Determine improvements and necessary changes to the system

16. Authorize changes to the QA system

17. Other matters arising

18. Confirm date of the next meeting

Issue: 7 File in QA01/100/100 Document No. QF100/01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF100-01-Mgmt Rev Agenda-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Management Review
Meeting Record

Date of Meeting : Date of Previous Meeting :


Time of Meeting Venue

Chairman of Meeting :

Name Designation
Meeting attended by :

N.B. The Quality System Manager (QSM) shall take notes of the meeting using this form (continuing onto plain paper as
necessary). Actions shall be agreed, allocated to personnel and dates for completion recorded.

Agenda: (Attached)

Notes : Agreed Action (If any); Person Responsible; Completion Date, etc
Description Action Deadline

Issue: 7 File in QA01/100/100 Document No. QF100/02


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF100-02-Mgmt Rev Mtg Rec-Apr2009.doc
QP120 - Purchasing

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

PURCHASING

(Procedure BWP QP120)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue – General revisions with Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
Clause 3.1.4 amended and QF120/03
included.
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP120


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP120-Apr2009.doc
QP120 - Purchasing

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the requirements for the purchase and procurement of goods or services likely to
affect the quality of the services offered by BWP.

1.2 This procedure applies to goods or services procured by BWP which directly impact on the quality of the
professional services offered by BWP.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP050 - Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

2.2 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.3 BWP QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans

2.4 BWP QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Approved Suppliers

3.1.1 When purchasing goods or services which have a bearing on the quality of BWP’s product or service, the
goods or services shall be purchased from an Approved Supplier. An Approved Supplier’s List
(QF120/01) shall be generated and be maintained by the QSM or delegate. It shall be signed by the QSM
or delegate before issue. The list shall show the approved supplier’s names, addresses and contact person
and numbers, whether there is any quality management system, the basis of their approval and the types of
product or service or the discipline/advice/field of expertise which they are approved to supply. The
Approved Suppliers List shall be a “controlled” document.

3.1.2 Before inclusion in the Approved Supplier’s List, the supplier shall be assessed using Form QF120/02,
Approved Supplier Appraisal Form.

3.1.3 Approved Suppliers shall be finalized on one of the following bases:

i. organization’s capability (indicated by a ‘C’);

ii. history of satisfactory supply to BWP or associate company (indicated by an ‘H’);

iii. Sole Supplier in the market (indicated by ‘SS’).

3.1.4 Director (Admin/Tech)/Quality System Manager/Project Manager/Administrative Officer shall review the
Supplier’s List at least once a year and/or at the completion of a project. The review must consider the
performance of the Supplier throughout the year/project and be recorded in QF120/03. The review shall
be based on the feedback from the user and any adverse comments raised during the period in accordance
with BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints.

3.2 Purchasing

3.2.1 The purchasing documents shall contain data clearly describing the product ordered, including where
applicable:

i. specifications, relevant technical and background data drawings, etc.


ii. process, inspection, testing or verification requirements;

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP120


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP120-Apr2009.doc
QP120 - Purchasing

iii. relevant Quality requirements including uncontrolled copies of the relevant BWP’s Quality
Procedures, Forms and Project Quality Plan;
iv. relevant process, equipment or personnel qualification;
v. type, style, class, grade or other precise identification;
vi. quantity, date required, presentation and documentation requirement;
vii. cost and payment terms.

3.2.2 Purchasing documents shall be reviewed for adequacy and approved by the Managing Director / Director
(Admin/Tech) and/or Project Manager prior to release.

3.2.3 Purchasing documents with respect to Projects can take the form of correspondence (e.g. fax, letters, etc).
These may include the procurement of external services and equipment.

3.2.4 Purchasing of Office-Related equipment or non-project related equipment do not come under the Quality
Systems.

3.3 Verification of Purchased Product

3.3.1 Where BWP proposes to verify the purchased product, BWP shall specify verification arrangements and
the method of product release in the purchasing documents.

3.3.2 Where specified in the contract, the Client’s or BWP’s representative shall be afforded the right to verify
at the subcontractor’s and or BWP’s premises that subcontracted product conforms to specified
requirements. Such verification shall not be used by BWP as evidence of effective control of quality by
the subcontractor. Verification by the Client shall not absolve BWP of the responsibility to provide
acceptable product, nor shall it preclude subsequent rejection by the Client.

3.3.3 Verification of purchased goods that may have a bearing on the quality of BWP’s product or
service - Purchased goods such as hydraulic modeling computer software shall be verified against the
purchase order before use. Documentation of such verification shall be a signature on the purchase order
with a remark such as “checked”.

3.3.4 Verification of purchased services that may have a bearing on the quality of the BWP’s product or
service - This is covered in BWP QP150 - Preparation of Project Quality Plan/BWP QP180 - Design
(Project) Controls and Reviews. Both of these procedures essentially relate to “Process Control”.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 QF120/01 - Approved Suppliers List

4.2 QF120/02 - Approved Supplier Appraisal Form

4.3 QF120/03 – Supplier Performance Appraisal Form

4.4 DOM/QF01 – Printing and Binding Requisition Form

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP120


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 3
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP120-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Approved Suppliers List

COMPANY NAME QMS APPROVAL


CATEGORY/PRODUCT (Contact Address / Person & Phone/Fax No.) COMMENTS
(Y / N) STATUS

Issue: 7 File in QA01\120\100 Document No. QF120/01


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF120-01-App Supplier List-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Approved Supplier
Appraisal Form

Name of Supplier

Address
Tel No Fax No E-mail
Service/product to
be supplied :

Check List Item Yes No N/A Comments


1. Has the company obtained QA If yes, which standard?_______
certification? Please attach evidence such as certificate
or company letter.

2. Has the company been If yes, by whom?_________


certified/approved by other public Please attach evidence such as certificate
authorities? or company letter.

3. Good service record with BWP or If yes, list the project name and
recommended by other company? date/referral

4. Qualification, CV of key staff


checked?

5. Experience record of firm checked?

6. Reputation of firm/products?

7. Does the company possess the


necessary plant & equipment?

Other Comments:

Accepted as Approved Supplier? YES NO

Appraised by:
Name Signature Date

Review of Approval Status:


Comments / Feedback
Date By (Name) Signature Approval
on Performance

Issue: 7 File in QA01\120\200 Document No. QF120/02


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF120-02-Supplier Appraisal-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Supplier Performance
Appraisal Form

Name of Supplier

Address
Tel No. Fax No. E-mail
Service/product to
be supplied :

Performance
Check List Item Yes No N/A
(Check one)

1. Any changes of Supplier information as in QF120/02? 1 2 3 4 5

2. Complaint from client or other customer on Supplier? 1 2 3 4 5

3. Performance during the period evaluated? 1 2 3 4 5

4. Cost/standard of services? 1 2 3 4 5

5. Comparison of overall performance with other suppliers? 1 2 3 4 5

6. Other facilities that could benefit BWP and Client? 1 2 3 4 5

7. Other merit/demerit, please specify. 1 2 3 4 5

Total accumulated point

Other Comments:

Recommended to be retained as Approved Supplier? YES NO

Appraised by:
Name Signature Date

Approved to be retained as Approved Supplier? YES NO

Approved by:
Name Signature Date

Note; 1 – Poor, 2 – Below Average, 3 – Average, 4 - Good, 5 - Excellent


Retained as Supplier if accumulated point 17 and above. Otherwise please state.

Issue: 7 File in QA01\120\200 Document No. QF120/03


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF120-03-Supp Perf Appraisal-Apr2009.doc
QP130 - Control of Reference Library

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

CONTROL of REFERENCE LIBRARY

(Procedure BWP QP130)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP130


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP130-Apr2009.doc
QP130 - Control of Reference Library

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure defines the method for the upkeep of the Reference Library.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.2 BWP QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Standards and Codes of Practice

3.1.1 When Standards or Codes of Practice (CPs) are acquired by BWP they shall be logged into the Reference
Library database and filed in the appropriate location as identified in the database.

3.1.2 The Project Managers/Senior Engineers shall make all efforts and endeavors to ensure that the Standard
being referred to is the latest version. In the event that an earlier version of the Standard or CP is required
by the Client, a request shall be made by the Project Manager to obtain the required version. Old versions
of the Standard shall not be discarded, but shall be clearly marked "Obsolete", "Superseded", "Withdrawn",
or other as designated by the standards controlling body, and retained for reference.

3.2 Project Documents

3.2.1 Externally produced project reports received by BWP, and those produced for clients by BWP shall be
placed in the Reference Library, with details entered into the Reference Library database.

3.3 Project Tender/Contract Documents

3.3.1 Ongoing Project Tender/Contract Documents are kept and recorded by the Senior Draughtsperson. This
shall be deemed as ‘controlled’ copy. Only when a project is closed out then a copy of that document shall
be stored in the reference library and recorded in the Reference Library database.

3.4 Manufacturer’s Catalogues

3.4.1 Manufacturer's catalogues received by BWP shall be stored in the Reference Library. A review shall be
carried out on a regular basis to determine the relevance and currency of the retained catalogues and discard
those not required.

3.5 Other Reference Material

3.5.1 Other reference material received by BWP shall be placed in the Reference Library using a Classification
System with details entered in the Reference Library database.

3.6 Items borrowed from the Reference Library

3.6.1 Items borrowed from the Reference Library should be recorded on QF130/01 - Library Log Sheet and
initialed before and after return. The period an item that can be borrowed from the Reference Library is two
weeks. If a person needs to borrow a particular item for more than two weeks, that person has to initial on
QF130/01 after two weeks and upon return.

3.7 Requests for Information


Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP130
Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP130-Apr2009.doc
QP130 - Control of Reference Library

3.7.1 Purchase of new books should be arranged with the Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech).

3.8 Indexing the Documents

3.8.1 All documents (excluding manufacturer’s catalogues) in the Reference Library shall be labeled using a
classification as detailed on page 4 of this procedure.

3.8.2 The manufacturer’s catalogues shall be identified by product and filled with running numbers. The library
manufacturer’s catalogues indexing system is as shown on page 5 of this procedure.

3.8.3 List of Reference Library can be obtained from the record book kept in the Library or can be accessed from
the computer network server.

3.9 Housekeeping

3.9.1 The Director (Admin/Tech) shall nominate a member of staff to make periodic checks to ensure that the
Library is tidy, that items are properly filed and that the records are up to date. This may include an annual
inventory check.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 QF130/01 - Library Log Sheet/Record

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records, which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP130


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP130-Apr2009.doc
QP130 - Control of Reference Library

LIBRARY – Document Indexing System

Document – Classification No. – No. – Job Code (if applicable)


Code ## ###

e.g. TD - WS01 - 001 - MGF


Classification Number
Document
Code ##
AASHTO American Association State Highway SS Wastewater 01 Water Treatment
& Transportation Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute WS Water Supply 02 Water Resources Study
AS Australian Standards MSC Miscellaneous 03 Master Plan
ASTM American Society of Testing & MG Management/Business 04 Dam Reservoir
Materials
AWWA American Waterworks Association WR Land Reclamation 05 Barrage
BS British Standard EIA Environmental Impact 06 Pipeline
Assessment
CD Contract Documents 07 Water Supply
CP Code of Practice 08 Service Reservoir
DID Department of Irrigation and 09 Leakage Control
Drainage
DOE Department of Environment 10 Flood Control
ISO International Organisation of 11 Improvement Works
Standards
JIS Japanese Industrial Standards 12 Soil Investigation
JKR/PWD Jabatan Kerja Raya/Public Work 13 Topographical Survey
Dept.
MS Malaysian Standards 14 Hydrological
Investigation
MSC Miscellaneous 15 Waste Water Treatment
OGP Other Government Publication 16 Sewerage Scheme
OM Operation and Maintenance Manuals 17 Waste Management
P Proposal 18 River Basin Management
PQ Prequalification 19 Pollution Control
R Report 20 Telemetry
RF Reference – Text Book 21 Irrigation
SC Statement of Capability 22 Drainage Scheme
SS Singapore Standards 23 ISO
TD Tender Document 24 Tunnel
TP Technical Papers/Notes 25 Miscellaneous
SM Software Manual 26 Electrical
27 Mechanical
28 Groundwater
29 Building
30 Hydrology
31 Structural Design

Classification Covers;
# Code of Practice # Reference – Textbook # Proposal & Pre-qualification
# Government Publication # Tender & Contract Doc. # Reports
# Operation & Maintenance Manual # Software Manual # Standards

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP130


Date: Apr-2009 Page 4 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP130-Apr2009.doc
QP130 - Control of Reference Library

LIBRARY – Manufacturer Catalogues Indexing System

Catalogue – Classification No. – Running No.


Code ## ###

e.g. C - PP01 - 001


Classification Number
Catalogue
Code ##
C Civil CT Concrete 01 UPVC
RF Roofing 02 Ductile Iron
BP Building Products 03 Mild Steel
PP Pipes 04 PVC
05 Clay
06 Reinforced Concrete
07 HDPE
08 AC
09 Fibreglass/GRP

CH Chemical DS Dosing System 01 Lime


C Chemicals 02 Alum
03 Chlorine
04 Sodium Hydroxide
05 Ozone
05 Polymers

E Electrical SM Small Power & lighting System


LL Lightning Protection
SB Switch Board
MR Motors
GR Generators

M Mechanical PM Pumps
VL Valves
PS Penstocks

S Sewerage ST Sewerage Treatment 01 General

WS Water Supply WT Water Treatment 01 General

I Instrumentation FL Flow, Level, etc.


WQ Water Quality Instrumentation
& Testing
SP Sampling Equipment

GT Geotechnical

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP130


Date: Apr-2009 Page 5 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP130-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Library Log Sheet/Record

Type of Borrowed Returned


Ref. No. Description
Book Name Date Initial Date Initial

Issue: 3 File in Admin Office - QA Document No. QF130/01


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF130-01-Library Log Sheet-Apr2009.doc
QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT REVIEW,


START-UP and CLOSE-OUT for PROJECTS

(Procedure BWP QP140)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 May-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue – General revisions. Clauses 3.1 Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
and 3.2 amended.
5 Apr-2003 5th Issue – General improvement on Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
Contract Review. Clause 3.1.10 and
Clause 3.1.11 added.
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue - Procedure combined with Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
QP115-Proposal Submission
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP140


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP140-Apr2009.doc
QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure defines the methods and controls which are to be observed in the preparation of proposals,
registration of interest and tender bids and for a review of Client Agreements before acceptance of any
contract. It also describes the requirements for the start-up of a project as well as when the project is
completed.

1.2 This procedure applies to the review of submission of proposal and acceptance of a project to determine
that BWP understands the requirements of the project, requirements of the Clients and has (or can obtain)
the facilities and resources required for the successful completion of the Project.

1.3 This procedure combines the previous versions of QP140-Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for
Projects with QP115-Proposal Submission

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

2.2 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.3 BWP QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plans

2.4 BWP QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup

2.5 BWP QP170 - Process Control - Project Management (Filing and Record Keeping)

2.6 BWP QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Proposal Submission

3.1.1 On receipt of a request for engineering services, a job number shall be allocated by the Admin. Officer.
The Managing Director / Director (Admin./Technical) shall then review the scope of works and the terms
of engagement to decide on whether a proposal should be submitted. Upon such a review he shall then
appoint a Project Engineer for the registration of interest followed by preparation of the proposal or tender
bid.

3.1.2 Adequate and proper planning in the proposal stage is essential for the provision of sufficient input, both
in personnel and funds to give quality service. To this end all input requirements shall be identified from
the Terms of Reference (including further requirements revealed from meetings and discussion with the
prospective Client, or even a site visit where appropriate) and documented. Any incomplete, ambiguous or
conflicting requirements shall be resolved by the Project Engineer with those responsible for drawing up
these requirements. A checklist of these requirements are highlighted in the Checklist Form QF140/01-
Proposal and Contract Review.

3.1.3 Having identified the pertinent and critical requirements, the Project Engineer can then prepare an offer of
services which meets these needs. The minimum format for an offer for services is a letter. This letter,
referred to as the “Letter of Offer”, shall, where appropriate, cover the following matters:

• Appreciation of the project and the requirements of the Client


• Scope of work with reference to the Terms of Reference (ToR)
• BWP’s technical approach to the problem
• Resources to be used (nominated project personnel including their functions and inter-relationships)
• Timing and programme of schedule of activities involved
• Financial proposal including professional fees, reimbursable and terms of payment.
• Any exclusions or assistance required from the Client.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP140


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP140-Apr2009.doc
QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

3.1.4 By signing the review section on Form QF140/01, the Director (Admin/Tech) certifies that the proposal
has addressed the Client’s requirements and that, where appropriate, the proposal;

• Meets input requirements;


• Contains or references acceptance criteria;
• Conforms to regulatory requirements;
• Identified those planning characteristics that are crucial to the expedient and proper execution of the
services as applicable.

3.1.5 After the review by the Director (Admin/Tech), the proposal has to be approved by the Managing
Director (who shall sign the “Approved by” box in Form QF140/01) before the proposal is submitted to
the prospective Client.

3.1.6 The Director (Admin/Tech) shall where necessary direct the Project Engineer to follow up with the Client
on the status of the proposal.

3.2 Contract Review

3.2.1 Prior to the acceptance of a Job, the Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall review the final
version of the Project Brief issued by the Client and any correspondence on clarifications which took
place.

3.2.2 The Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall record all relevant exchanges and agreements
connected with the Contract Review in QF140/01–Proposal and Contract Review.

3.2.3 In the event that agreement cannot be reached with the Client, or the Managing Director/Director
(Admin/Tech) finds that BWP cannot provide the resources for or complete the Project on
schedule/within budget, the ensuing actions/discussions/correspondence shall be recorded on
QF140/01. The Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall decide on the course of action to be
taken, either to resolve the differences and meet the Client’s requirements, to accept or decline the
contract.

3.2.4 When the review is satisfactorily completed and all matters are resolved, the Managing Director/Director
(Admin/Tech) shall record this on QF140/01 and the signed form shall be filed and maintained as Quality
Record.

3.2.5 The exception to the above clauses is when there is a verbal instruction to carry out works by a Client
with longstanding relationship. In that case, Form QF140/01-Proposal and Contract Review, shall be
checked and signed by the Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) under “Verbal Authorization to
Proceed” to confirm the authorization. The signed form shall be filed and maintained as a Quality Record.
In case of a change in the “verbal instruction” of the client, the Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech)
shall complete form QF180/04-Contract/Design Change Form.

3.2.6 In the event that the job was offered without having to submit a proposal the job shall also undergo a
review as outlined above before accepting the offer.

3.3 Start-up Project

3.3.1 Upon the award and acceptance of a contract, the Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall
appoint a Project Manager to coordinate the works carried out by BWP. The Project Manager shall
pass a copy of form QF140/01 to the Admin Officer for assignment of a Job Code.

3.3.2 The Project Manager shall first review the project requirements and prepare the Project Quality Plan in
accordance with QP150–Preparation of Project Quality Plan.

3.3.3 The Project Manager shall then ensure that a Project Filing List is prepared and provided to the
Administrative Officer in accordance with QP170–Process Control, Project Management and Contract

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP140


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP140-Apr2009.doc
QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

Administration and QP160–Computer Filing and Backup. The Admin Officer shall then update
QF170/01–Job/Proposal Directory.

3.3.4 The Project Manager shall brief the project team members already identified either during the Proposal or
Contract Review stage after consultation with the Managing Director or Director (Admin/Tech).

3.3.5 The Project Manager is normally the Project Quality Coordinator. However, if it is deemed necessary
by the Director (Admin/Tech), the Director (Admin/Tech) shall appoint another individual as the
Project Quality Coordinator. The Project Manager is responsible ultimately for the quality of the
project.

3.3.6 A job description shall be recorded in QF140/02 – Contract Review Job Description Form for the project
and updated for subsequent phases of the project. The Job Description form gives a brief general
description of the project, requirements of the Client and BWP’s roles and responsibilities in the project.
Additional Job Descriptions may be completed, at the discretion of the Project Manager to describe the
roles of the sub-consultants within the project.

3.3.7 Responsibilities, Authorities and Qualifications of Personnel - A review of the qualifications of the
personnel involved in the project shall be carried out at Contract Review and Start-Up Stage under
“adequate resources”. Further description of the roles of different personnel involved in the project may
be attached in the Project Quality Plan as deemed necessary by the Project Manager. Otherwise the
descriptions of the responsibilities and authorities of the personnel involved in a particular project as
described in the Quality Manual shall be applicable.

3.3.8 Upon a change in the Contract, Client’s requirements or a design change, Form QF180/04–
Contract/Design Change Form shall be completed by the Director (Admin/Tech) or Project Manager and
the Project Quality Plan amended if necessary.

3.4 Project Close-out

3.4.1 The Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall agree and finalize the final invoice details with
the Client.

3.4.2 The Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall submit the final invoice to Client.

3.4.3 The Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall confirm agreement of release of retention
fees/monies (if any) in writing. This should accompany the final invoice.

3.4.4 Complete and/or revise Job Description Form, QF140/02 to realistically depict the Project Details.

3.4.5 As a learning organization, there is a need to learn from the collective experiences. To help collect, collate
and communicate the salient points of projects, the information needs to be recorded. If the project
involves more than one phase (e.g. study and design, or design and construction, or study, design and
construction), appropriate completion forms shall be completed at the end of each phase of the project.
QF140/03–Project Completion Summary shall be used for studies and construction phase of the project,
which can then be used to avoid any shortcomings in similar projects in the future. The completed form
QF140/03-Project Completion Summary shall be circulated to all engineers to inform them about the
improvements required for similar projects in the future.

3.4.6 Evaluation of the Overall Team Performance, which includes sub-consultants, suppliers, contractors and
clients is not mandatory but is encouraged. This will provide a valuable database of information for future
projects.

3.4.7 The Project Manager shall also obtain the Client Feedback under QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and
Complaints.

3.4.8 At the end of the project, instruct the Accounts Section to close job codes/numbers after checking that the
final invoice has been issued to and paid for by the Client.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP140


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 4 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP140-Apr2009.doc
QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

3.4.9 Project Files should be closed and archived after 1 year in accordance with WI060/01 – Indexing of
Archived Files. Quality Records, such as Forms and Project Files, shall be stored and kept as detailed in
BWP QP130-Control of Reference Library.

3.4.10 Complete Project Close-out Check List QF140/04, to summarize all checks carried out for Project Close-
out.

4.0 FORMS, LISTS AND WORK INSTRUCTIONS

4.1 QF050/04 – Client Feedback


4.2 WI060-01 – Indexing of Archived Files
4.3 QF140/01 – Proposal and Contract Review
4.4 QF140/02 - Job Description Form
4.5 QF140/03 – Project Completion Summary
4.6 QF140/04 – Project Close-out Summary
4.7 WI150-01 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans
4.8 QF170/01 – Job/Proposal Directory
4.9 QF180/04 – Contract/Design Change Form

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060

5.2 The copy of the Proposal (Technical and Financial) shall be kept by the Director(Admin/Tech) and the
master copy and diskette kept by the Admin Officer in a locked cabinet

5.3 After award of the project, a copy of the technical proposal shall be kept in the library

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP140


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 5 of 5
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP140-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Proposal and
Contract Review
**Proposal Submitted? Yes No Proposal Code No :

1) JOB DESCRIPTION
Job Title :

Client :
Contact Person : Tel No :

Job Summary
** General Description on Type of Work:
1 Study 2 Design 3 Construction Supervision
4 Others (please specify)

** Technical departments to be involved:


Civil and Water Supply Sewerage & Drainage Structural
Mechanical & Electrical Water Resources & Geology

Estimated Duration of BWP Service : months


Estimated BWP Fees : RM
**Tick where applicable

2) CHECKLIST
Checklist Item Yes No N/A Comments
Has all the relevant correspondence been listed
1
below? (See Item III)
Discussion with Client and appreciation of Client’s
2
requirement?
3 Visit(s) to Project Site to familiarize?
4 Has the scope been adequately defined?
5 All input requirements clearly defined?
6 Scope of Works and Exclusions prepared?
7 Task outline and interface prepared?
Management and technical responsibilities
8
allocated?
9 Organization chart prepared?
Does the firm have access to the necessary resources
10 and skill?(If sub consultants required, complete
QF120/02 and QF140/02)
11 Sub-consultant's work plan(s) reviewed?
Terms of sub-consultant agreement agreed in
12
writing?
13 Project programme prepared?
14 Budget prepared?
15 Schedule of hourly charge rates included?
16 Schedule of reimbursement included?
17 Terms of engagement included?

Issue: 7 File in PQF File Document No. QF140/01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF140-01-Contract Review-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Proposal and
Contract Review
2) CHECKLIST (Cont’d)
Checklist Item Yes No N/A Comments
18 Assistance from Client included?
19 Payment terms and service tax agreed upon?
Company experience, brochures and staff CVs
20
included?
Is there any negotiation, modification, clarification
21 after submission of the tender/proposal? (If Yes,
please specify with attachments)
Has the acceptance by the client covered all relevant
matters, including where appropriate clarification,
22
negotiations, resolutions, etc. in the letter of
acceptance?
Other requirements? (To attach separate sheet if
23
applicable)

3) MISCELLANEOUS
List of relevant correspondence (attach separate sheets if needed):

Other Comments:

4) DECISION
Prepared by:
Name Signature Date

Reviewed by:
Director(Admin/Tech) Signature Date

Proposal Approved / Job Accepted /


Declined * (Managing Director) : Signature Date

Reasons for Declining (If Applicable):

Verbal Authorization to Proceed *(Yes / No)


Signature Date
*Delete whichever not applicable

5) JOB REGISTRATION (If Job Accepted)


JOB CODE:
Signature (Administrative Officer) Date

Issue: 7 File in PQF File Document No. QF140/01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF140-01-Contract Review-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Contract Review
Job Description Form

Job Title : Job Code :

Client :
Contact Person : Tel No :

*General Description on Type of Work:


1. ( ) Study
2. ( ) Design
3. ( ) Construction Supervision
4. ( ) Others – Please specify

*Technical departments to be involved:


( ) Water Resources and Geology ( ) Mechanical and Electrical
( ) Civil and Water Supply ( ) Sewerage and Drainage
( ) Structural
*Tick where applicable

Project Location :

BWP’s Contract Value : RM

Duration : Study :
Design :
Construction Value : RM
(If Applicable)
Duration :

BWP Key Staff and Role : Project Director :


Project Manager :
Asst Project Manager :
Project Quality Coordinator :

Project Description :

Scope of Works :

Issue: 7 File in PQF File Document No. QF140/02


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF140-02-Cont Rev Job Descr-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Contract Review
Job Description Form

Services to be Provided :

Sub-consultant required:

Special Specific Client Requirements (specific matters to be considered, special datelines on certain
works etc.):

Special Requirements (such as special design, construction techniques):

Works requiring approval and approving authorities involved:

Issue: 7 File in PQF File Document No. QF140/02


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF140-02-Cont Rev Job Descr-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Project Completion
Summary

Job Title : Job Code :

Client :
Contact Person : Tel No. :

Project Director Project Manager

Start Date: Completion Date:

Approx Value of Services:

BWP Responsibility Feasibility Study/Conceptual Design/PED/ Detailed Design/Contract


Administration/ Project Management (Delete as Appropriate)

Name of Sub-consultants or
Associated Firms

Stage of Project Study/Design/Construction (Delete as Appropriate)

Brief Project Description:

Client’s / User Complaints and Actions taken to resolve them

Problems Encountered During Project and Any Corrective/Preventive Action taken:

Suggestions for Improvement

Compliance with the client special specific requirement (as listed in QF140-02):

Unique Lessons Learnt During Project:

Issue: 7 File in PQF File Document No. QF140/03


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF140-03-Proj Compl Summ-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Project Close-out Checklist

Job Title : Job Code :

Client :
Contact Person : Tel No :

Project Director : Project Manager :

Start Date: Completion Date:

Clause
Description Action By Date
No.

3.2.1 Agree and Finalise Final Invoice Details with the Client

3.2.2 Submit Final Invoice to the Client

Confirm / Agree Release of Retention Fees / Monies (if


3.2.3
applicable)

3.2.4 Complete and/or Revise Job description Form, QF 140/02

3.2.5 Complete Project Completion Summary QF 140/03

3.2.6 Evaluate Overall Team Performance (if applicable)

3.2.7 Obtain Client Feedback (if applicable)

3.2.8 Close Job Code(s)

3.2.9 Close and Archive Project Files and Quality Records

Comments :

Quality Assurance
Reviewed by:
Name Signature Date

Project Close-out
Verified by:
Director (Admin/Tech) / Signature Date
Project Manager

Issue: 7 File in PQF File Document No. QF140/04


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF140-04-Proj Closeout Check-Apr2009.doc
QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plan

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

For

PREPARATION of

PROJECT QUALITY PLANS

(Procedure BWP QP150)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and
will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP150


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP150-Apr2009.doc
QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plan

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the requirements for the preparation of Project Quality Plan for engineering
services.

1.2 The objective of this procedure is to ensure that all projects carried out by BWP are well planned and all
significant events needed for successful completion are identified and that the Client’s requirements are
met.

1.3 Of the projects carried out by BWP, this procedure applies to those containing consulting fees of more
than RM 50,000.

1.4 Small projects, those with fees less than RM50,000 shall be planned at the discretion of the Managing
Director/Director (Admin./Technical).

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

2.2 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.3 BWP QP070 - Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment

2.4 BWP QP080 - Qualifications and Training

2.5 BWP QP120 - Purchasing

2.6 BWP QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

2.7 BWP QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

2.8 BWP QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

2.9 BWP DOM – Drawing Office Manual

2.10 BWP SSM – Site Supervision Manual

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 It is the responsibility of Project Managers to follow this procedure.

3.2 Contents of a Quality Plan

Prior to commencing the main productive activities on a project a Quality Plan shall be prepared. The
following information is suggested to be included in the Quality Plan for the Project:

• Controlled Document Status Sheet (cover)

• Job title, job code, date, Project Manager, Assistant Project Manager, Project Quality Coordinator,
dates, etc.

• Name and address of the Client and names of the Client’s representatives.

• List of applicable BWP quality procedures

• Description and Objectives of Project and Client’s requirements.


• Scope of Services to be provided
Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP150
Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP150-Apr2009.doc
QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plan

• Organization and responsibility including a organization chart

• Design input such as design/acceptance criteria, publications or standards, statutory requirements, etc.
including subsequent changes where appropriate. Plan out also the requirements for records, reports
and data required and how these are to be obtained during site visits.

• Approved suppliers required for the project such as laboratory, special equipment, etc.

• Names and addresses of any other external organization and the name of any personnel with whom
liaison and communication is necessary.

• Detailed activity programme, cross-referenced to the programme(s) of any other firms, departments
or divisions involved, including the names of individuals responsible for each activity - this shall be
reviewed and updated on a regular basis. Summary of the Client’s brief and programme
requirements, including any phasing.

• Design and verification tasks (for BWP’s business, design validation is equivalent to design
verification) and allocation of qualified, trained personnel for management and performance of the
work.

• Technical review, the review panel including details of any new procedures imposed or written
specifically for the project

• Budget/capital estimates of the project as well as the budgeted time for the staff input of engineering
services

• Quality assurance review (supplemented by internal quality audits)

• Equipment to be used and the requirements of calibration

• List of government/statutory bodies to consult and prepare submission

• Inspection and testing required during construction and commissioning stages

• Training required for project staff including site staff during construction stage

• List of controlled project documents

• Project filing list and where they are located

• List of deliverables/design output of the project

• Details of any quality system exceptions, (*7) including any Concession Agreement approvals given,
applicable to the project and any other key information or requirements considered important for
project management purposes.

These headings have been reproduced or allowed for in WI 150-01.

3.3 Distribution

The Project Quality Plan shall be considered as a “Controlled Document” and distributed accordingly.
The master copy of the Quality Plan and any amendments thereto shall be held on the Project Quality File.
The Quality Plan shall be available for reference to any person working directly or indirectly on the
Project.

A copy of the quality plan shall be circulated to the QSM for logging onto the list of quality plans.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP150


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP150-Apr2009.doc
QP150 – Preparation of Project Quality Plan

3.4 Review and Amendment

There should be only one Quality Plan for the whole project and this Quality Plan shall take into account
the progress of the different stages of engineering services for the various packages and their linkages.

The Quality Plan shall be reviewed during the course of the project. Where intermediate ongoing
amendments are made to the master by the Project Manager, these shall be in ink, initialed and dated. As
a minimum, amendments to the Quality Plan shall be made in the following circumstances:

• to take account of any changes necessitated by the development of the project;


• if the scope of the works is amended by the Client;
• if a change in the scope of works is necessitated by other considerations;
• if there is a significant change in the timing of the project;
• at programmed review dates.
• in response to feedback reports (if amendments required).
• to take account of staff changes.

Amendments shall be drafted by the Project Manager and agreed with the Managing Director or Director
(Admin./Technical)as appropriate.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 BWP WI020-01 - Distribution of Controlled Documents

4.2 BWP QF140/01 – Proposal and Contract Review

4.3 BWP WI150-01 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans

4.4 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

4.5 BWP QF080/01 - Qualifications/Training Record

4.6 BWP QF020/04 – Controlled External Project Document

4.7 BWP QF180/02 – Design Verification Form

4.8 BWP QF180/03 - Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet

4.9 BWP QF180/04 – Contract/Design Change Form

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP150


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 4 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP150-Apr2009.doc
WI150-01 - Project Quality Plan

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

WORK INSTRUCTION
for
PREPARATION of
PROJECT QUALITY PLANS

(Work Instruction BWP WI 150-01)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(includes Copy No.)

(N.B. Red-Stamped and


numbered copies are
'controlled' and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this manual should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP WI150-01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi150-01-Apr2009.doc
WI150-01 - Project Quality Plan

PROJECT QUALITY PLAN

Job Title: Job Code:


Document No: QP/Project Code/Issue no.
Project Director: Client:
Project Manager: (Name/Address)
Assistant Project Manager:
Project Quality Coordinator:
Other:
Bid/Agreement reviewed by: Note : When completed, this is a Controlled
Document- Use Document Status Cover Sheet
Date: with appropriate Stamp -Refer to WI020-01.

1. QUALITY OBJECTIVES

This Quality Plan for the above mentioned project, is derived from BWP Quality System in accordance
with ISO 9001:2008 and when completed, is essentially a “Work Plan” and will be considered a
“Controlled Document”. The Quality Plan will entail the requirements of the Client and how these
requirements are to be met.

2. LIST OF APPLICABLE BWP QUALITY PROCEDURES OR WORK INSTRUCTIONS


(Note: If A Section Is Not Applicable To Your Project, Please Strike Out Listed Item)
BWP QP010 Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation
BWP QP015 Review of Quality Policy and Objectives
BWP QP020 Controlled Documentation
BWP WI020-01 Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation
BWP QP030 Internal Quality Audits
BWP QP040 Nonconformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions
BWP QP050 Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints
BWP QP060 Quality Records
BWP WI060-01 Indexing of Archived Files
BWP QP070 Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment
BWP QP080 Qualifications and Training
BWP QP090 Concessions
BWP QP100 Management Review
BWP QP120 Purchasing
BWP QP130 Control of Reference Library
BWP QP140 Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects
BWP QP150 Preparation of Project Quality Plans
BWP WI150 Work Instructions for Preparation of Project Quality Plans
BWP QP160 Computer Filing and Backup
BWP QP170 Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration
BWP WI170-01 Work Instructions for Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery
BWP QP180 Design (Project) Controls and Reviews
BWP WI180-01 Checking of Detailed Calculation
BWP QP190 Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement
BWP QP200 Communications
BWP DOM Drawing Office Manual
BWP SDM Structural Design Manual
BWP SSM Site Supervision Manual

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP WI150-01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 2 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi150-01-Apr2009.doc
WI150-01 - Project Quality Plan

3. DESCRIPTION AND OBJECTIVES OF PROJECT

3.1 Overall description of the Project including its objectives, existing system, horizon year and project
area.

3.2 The Client’s requirements and any other significant changes throughout the duration of the project.
Include correspondences or minutes of meeting as appendices.

4. SCOPE OF SERVICES

4.1 Describe the scope of services and the stages to be provided as per the Terms of Reference such as
Study, Conceptual Design, Preliminary Engineering Design; Reviews, Detailed Design and Site
Supervision.

4.2 Components of works required (Civil, Process, M&E, Structural)

4.3 For detailed design stage, state the works required such as Survey Works, Site Investigations,
Conditions of Contract, Bill of Quantities, Bar Bending Schedules, packaging of contracts, etc.

4.4 Current Status of Project at time of updating the Project Quality Plan

5 ORGANISATION AND RESPONSIBILITY

5.1 Describe the tasks and allocation of qualified personnel including Client Contacts, Roles For Project
Team Members, Organization Structure. (Refer To QP140 - Use attachment sheets if necessary)

5.2 The nominated staff and the respective tasks they are responsible for are shown in the Team
Organization Chart. Support technical and administrative staff will also be used as needed.

6 PROJECT INPUT

6.1 Requirements relating to the design including design/acceptance criteria, publications or standards,
statutory requirements etc. and/or relating to contract administration during construction stage.

6.2 Plan out the requirements for records, reports and data required from the Client, third parties and other
statutory bodies such as JPS, Statistic Department, etc.

6.3 The requirements for site visit, schedule of visit, and data to be collected.

7 APPROVED SUPPLIER

7.1 This relates to the list of suppliers or vendors e.g laboratories for testing of water samples. (See QP120
- Use attachment sheets if necessary.)

8 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DIFFERENT DISCIPLINE GROUPS,


SUB-CONSULTANTS, CLIENT, THIRD PARTIES, ETC.

8.1 Record the name, address, telephone, fax, e-mail and contact person of the Client, sub-consultants,
surveyors, S.I contractor and contractors,

8.2 For project requiring submission for approval by the Authorities, the name, address, telephone, fax, e-
mail and contact person should also be recorded.

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP WI150-01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 3 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi150-01-Apr2009.doc
WI150-01 - Project Quality Plan

8.3 Management of correspondences and the communication interface between the various parties in the
project are dealt with in BWP QP170 – Process Control: Project Management and Contract
Administration.

9 PROJECT (WORK) PROGRAMME

9.1 May Include Overall And Detailed Implementation Schedules And Milestones - Use attachment sheets
where necessary

9.2 The milestone for deliverables such as reports, tender and start of construction should be clearly
identified.

9.3 At the construction stage the approved works programme of each of the packages should be attached
in the appendices.

10 TECHNICAL REVIEW

10.1 Technical reviews are to be carried out on the tasks identified. These reviews take a broader approach
and seek to ensure that the “right” things such as the appropriate technology, technical standards, etc.
are being applied.

10.2 Technical reviews are to be carried out by a review panel which will normally be the heads of sections
or team leader as per the organization chart. The Project Director may appoint one of the Technical
Director as the Lead Reviewer. Reviews shall be in accordance with QP170 –Process Control –
Project Management and QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews.

11 BUDGETS/CAPITAL COST ESTIMATES

11.1 An overall estimate of the Project Cost should be provided. (Use attachment sheets where necessary).
The cost estimate should cover the main components but no indication of the cost of the various
packages should be included unless the package has already been awarded during construction stage.

11.2 State the fees, whether it is based on Scale of Fees, man-months input or fixed lump sum but no
amount should be indicated . It is also important to note what are the reimbursable claimable from the
Client as some projects may limit the number of traveling claims. The budgeted time for each member
of the team should be included to monitor the budgeted time for the project.

12. QUALITY ASSURANCE REVIEW

12.1 The Quality Assurance Review is to confirm that checks and reviews have been undertaken and that
tasks have been carried out.

12.2 The review will depend on the stage of the project but will essentially comprises:

• BWP QP030 – Internal Quality Audits


• BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints
• BWP QP070 – Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment
• BWP QP090 – Concessions
• BWP QP170 – Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration
• BWP QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews
• BWP DOM – Drawing Office Manual

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP WI150-01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 4 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi150-01-Apr2009.doc
WI150-01 - Project Quality Plan

13. EQUIPMENT TO BE USED AND CALIBRATED

13.1 This section relates to only the construction stage where the list of equipment has to be identified for
measurement of raw materials and completed works at the site. The list of equipment identified and the
calibration record shall be as per QF070/01 and QF070/02.

14. GOVERNMENT STATUTORY AND REGULATORY BODIES FOR PRECONSULTATION


AND SUBMISSION

14.1 To include the Government Authorities and other statutory bodies where plans are required to be
submitted for approval or where application for supplies such as electricity and telephone services
are required. Generally the departments are as follows:-

• Jabatan Kerja Raya (JKR)


• Jabatan Pengairan dan Saliran (JPS)
• Local Council
• Tenaga Nasional Berhad (TNB)
• Telekom Berhad
• Jabatan Alam Sekitar
• Department of Occupational Safety and Health (DOSH)
• District Office
• BOMBA

15. INSPECTION AND TESTING PLAN

15.1 The Inspection and Testing Plan is as detailed in the Site Supervision Manual. Should include any
other special testing if required for the project, such as hydraulic modeling.

15.2 During the construction stage, provide the list of documents that are required to be submitted by the
contractor, e.g. Works Programme, Technical Schedules, Shop Drawings, etc.

16. TRAINING REQUIRED FOR PROJECT STAFF

16.1 To list down whether any of the project staff, be it design office or site staff, will require training
together with a training schedule. If project staff needs additional training use Training
Recommendation Form QF080/02 and attach to this Quality Plan.

17. LIST OF CONTROLLED PROJECT DOCUMENTS

17.1 List down the documents that need to be controlled for example; Contract Document, Tender
Documents, Drawings, Reports, etc.

17.2 List down the external documents that are received, e.g. reports from Client, survey drawings, S.I.
reports ,etc and where they are kept.

18. PROJECT FILING LIST

18.1 List down the files, documents, drawings and reports and where they are located and kept by who (For
example: Project Quality Plan, Calculation files, Drawings, Tender Documents, Contract Documents,
Engineer’s Estimate, Final Reports, etc.)

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP WI150-01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 5 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi150-01-Apr2009.doc
WI150-01 - Project Quality Plan

19. LIST OF DELIVERABLES /OUTPUT FROM THE PROJECT

19.1 Provide a list of documents which are required for the project to be submitted or already submitted to
the Client or other authorities, e.g.

• Reports (Inception, Feasibility, Conceptual, Preliminary Engineering Design, Detailed Design)


• Survey and Soil Investigation Documents
• Tender Documents (Conditions of Contract, necessary forms, Specifications, Bill of Quantities,
Technical Schedules)
• Drawings (Civil, M&E, Process, Structural including bar bending schedules)
• Submission and application to Authorities
• Monthly Progress Reports
• Completion Report (As-Built Drawings, O&M Manual)

19.2 During updating the balance of the outputs required to date

19.3 State whether there are any special delivery requirements for the project.

Comments: Attach additional sheets as necessary.

Signed: _______________________________ Date: ___________________


Managing Director/Director (Admin./Tech)

Signed: _______________________________ Date: ___________________


Project Manager

Signed: _______________________________ Date: ____________________________


Quality System Manager (for logging on list of Quality Plans)

Issue : 7 Document No: BWP WI150-01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 6 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi150-01-Apr2009.doc
QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

COMPUTER FILING AND BACKUP

(Procedure BWP QP160)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
th
5 Mar-2003 5 Issue - Rewritten Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested
improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the Custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP160


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP160-Apr2009.doc
QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure defines the general principles for the organization of Project and Proposal files on
BWP computers

1.2 This procedure defines the methods of data backup for standalone computers.

1.3 This procedure applies to all sections in BWP except the Account Section.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP060 – Quality Records

2.2 BWP DOM - Drawing Office Manual

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 It is the responsibility of all staff to follow this procedure.

4.0 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

4.1 Setting up Folders

4.1.1 Using Explorer create a Folder in the C:\ of the computer using the name as follows

C:\Eng12-MV

Computer ID User ID

4.1.2 The Computer ID is the name of the computer as in the Network whilst the User ID is the initial of the
user. The purpose of the two IDs is to trace the data and files of the computer owner in his or her
absence from the company. In the event of a change of user, as in the case of Soh Kok Eng taking over
the computer previously used by Mr. Maha, the new user will have to create a new folder such as
C:\Eng12-SKE.

4.1.3 Under this main folder, sub-folders should be created according to the project codes, e.g. as follows :-

 Eng12-SKE
 MHF-Ulu Langat
 MHG-Pulau Tuba

4.1.4 Sub sub-folders may be created for e.g. folders for specifications, BOQ, Calculations, Contract
packages, etc in the project sub-folders.

4.1.5 DO NOT use My Documents as the main folder simply because every computer will have My Document
as a main folder.

4.1.6 This main folder will contain all data and files for projects which can be accessible by all. However if
you need to store information which is personal in nature or confidential such as tender evaluation
report create another folder and make it not accessible or have a password to access.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP160


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP160-Apr2009.doc
QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup

4.2 Saving Filename

4.2.1 More often than not, we have different styles of naming the files but it is important that every file
should have a date at the end of the filename e.g. \Conc Report-8May08. This is to say that this file is
called “Conc Report” and it was created on 8th May 2008. There are times when, say a report was
created on 8May08 as a draft. Then later when the report was finalized, SAVE the file using the same
filename but rename it on the date when it was finalized, e.g.

Conc Report-8May08 - Draft Conceptual Report


Conc Report-16May08 - Final Conceptual Report

4.2.2 The purpose of this is to allow retrieving some sections of the report just in case it is needed.

4.3 Filename And Path

4.3.1 In order for each file to be traceable, Microsoft WORD documents should have a footer name using
the function \View\Header and Footer\Insert Auto Text\Filename and path. The font size used shall be
6 in italics, e.g.

C:\Eng12-SKE\ISO9001\ISO Manual\Procedures\QP160-Mar2003.doc

With this footer in the document the following information are available

• C:Eng12-SKE – will indicate that the file is in the Eng12 computer and being used by Soh Kok
Eng

• ISO9001\ISO Manual\Procedures\ – is the sub folder, sub-sub folder and sub-sub-sub folder in
the main folder of Eng12-SKE

• QP160-Mar2003.doc – is the filename for this file and it was first created on March 2003 and it is
a WORD document file.

4.3.2 For files in Microsoft EXCEL use the “=CELL(“filename”)” function at the top left corner of the
spreadsheet.

4.4 Minimising Files

4.4.1 For large documents such as specifications and reports it is encouraged to save the document in one
file as far as possible. As such for word processing document the number of files should be minimized
and section break used to overcome the problem of page numbering. Each new section should start
with page 1 again. However for very large document you may need to break it up into several files.

4.4.2 For typing Bills of Quantities in Microsoft EXCEL, all the Bills should be in one file using one sheet
for each bill.

4.5 Backup

4.5.1 In the server of the company’s network system, folders have been created for each section of the company.
Under each section folder, sub-folders of the same name as your main folder has been created e.g.
\Engineer\Eng12-SKE. All staff shall backup the main folder in their computer in the server under the same
name at least once a week. All staff are advised to delete all their sub-folders before the next backup to
optimize the server memory space.

4.5.2 For ACAD drawings, the Senior Draftsperson shall gather all the drawings upon completion at the
Tender Stage and backup the files in two copies of CD-ROM as detailed in the Drawing Office
Manual.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP160


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP160-Apr2009.doc
QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup

4.5.3 Upon completion of a project, the Project Manager shall inform all the officers involved in the Project
to archive the whole project directory to CD-ROM and hand over the same to the Administrative
Officer/Senior Draughtsperson for storage and future reference. The CD-ROM shall be stored in the
office for quick retrieval of data if and when needed.

4.5.4 For QA Documentation, the QSM shall save all approved quality manuals, procedures, work
instructions and quality forms in the server under server\STANDARD\ISO9001\…. and the relevant
sub-folders. This is to ensure that every staff has access to the soft copy of the latest approved
procedures and quality forms.

5.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS AND FORMS

None

6.0 RECORDS

6.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP160


Date: Apr-2009 Page 4 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP160-Apr2009.doc
QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

PROCEDURE

for

PROCESS CONTROL - PROJECT MANAGEMENT

And CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

(Procedure BWP QP170)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue – General revisions. Clause Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3.7 amended.
th
5 Mar-2003 5 Issue – WI170-03 – Contract Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
Admin deleted and incorporated in
Site Supervision Manual
th
6 Jun-2004 6 Issue – WI170-02 deleted and Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
combined with WI020-01
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and
will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP170


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP170-Apr2009.doc
QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure defines how projects/contracts are to be managed and the methods for filing, storage,
maintenance and disposition of project files and records.

1.2 This procedure applies to all projects and contracts under construction.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP020 – Controlled Documentation

2.2 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.3 BWP QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

2.4 BWP QP150 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans

2.5 BWP QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

2.6 BWP DOM – Drawing Office Manual

2.7 BWP SSM – Site Supervision Manual

3.0 ACTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

3.1 General

3.1.1 Project Managers are responsible for the implementation of this procedure.

3.1.2 Office Filing Practice

3.1.2.1 In the BWP office, a Jobs Directory Sheet (Form QF170/01) shall be kept (*6)by the Admin Officer. This
directory shall list all current/active job codes, file locations/cabinets, etc. Project Managers (generally the
Custodian) is the person most likely to have the file in their possession or know it’s whereabouts.

3.1.3 Sample standard abbreviations for the forms of correspondence are:

Letter (L) Memo (M) Fax (F)


Transmittal Record (T) Others (O) E-mail (E)

3.2 Incoming Correspondence

3.2.1 All incoming correspondence shall be sorted into confidential, personal or project related by the Receiving
Secretary. Project related shall be opened by the receiving secretary and stamped with the distribution
stamp and date.

3.2.2 Under special circumstances, a copy of urgent faxes or letters may be made prior to formal circulation.
The copy shall be stamped “COPY” and the original returned to processing. All such reference copies
may be disposed of after appropriate action has been taken.

3.2.3 The Secretary/Clerk shall enter all details of the correspondence into the Incoming Correspondence Log
(QF170/02 or QF170/03) including a brief description of any enclosures that accompanied the document.
The stamped, dated and logged correspondence shall be passed to the Managing Director/Director
(Admin/Tech).

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP170


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP170-Apr2009.doc
QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

3.2.4 The Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) shall indicate the required distribution and action and pass
to the relevant Project Manager/Senior Engineer. All project-related correspondence should be passed to
the Project Manager before circulation. If the Project Manager is not available it should be passed to the
Assistant Project Manager or Project Engineer for attention.

3.2.5 The Project Manager/Senior Engineer shall assign a file reference (refer to WI170-01) on the distribution
stamp and add any further action or distribution as appropriate.

3.2.6 The Project Manager/Senior Engineer shall check the description of all enclosures and determine where
they are to be stored. The Project Manager shall also determine and record in the Controlled External
Project Document (QF020/04) whether the enclosures are “Controlled”, for incoming correspondence.

3.2.7 For more details please refer to WI170/01 – Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery.

3.3 Outgoing Correspondence (Letters and Fax Transmittal)

3.3.1 The Secretary/clerk (or other persons) preparing outgoing correspondence shall assign each item a unique
sequential Reference Number as part of the document reference from the Outgoing Correspondence Log
(QF170/04 or QF170/05). The reference number for the letter shall be in the following format:

BWP/Project Code/Sequence number/month/year


e.g. BWP/MGG/1234/02/2008

If the letter is not related to any specific project, the code “EC” can be used in place of the project code.

At a few lines below the space allowed for the signature of the responsible officer signing the letter, the
author’s initial (upper case) and the typist’s initial (lower case) shall be typed for reference and follow up
purpose.
e.g. NYK/re.

Similarly, a reference number shall be given to each fax sent out of the office and these are recorded in the
Outgoing Correspondence Log, QF 170/05. The reference number for the fax shall be in the following
format:
Initials of the officer sending the fax/sequence number/month/year.
e.g. VM/25/02/2008

All urgent letters faxed out to recipient should be stamped “This letter has been faxed earlier
on_________ prior to posting”. All these log entries recorded in the QF 170/04 and QF 170/05 shall
represent all correspondence sent out on a daily basis.

3.3.2 Any Correspondence (letters/fax, etc) carrying significant technical, financial and commercial
implications which may affect BWP’s obligations to the Client should be passed to the Project
Manager/Project Engineer for checking and to the Managing Director/Director (Admin/Tech) for
comments and/or signature.

3.3.3 All project related outgoing correspondences shall be circulated to project team members in accordance
with WI170/01 – Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery

3.4 Telephone Conversation, Meeting and Electronic Mail Records

3.4.1 Important telephone conversations shall be recorded in QF170/08 – Telephone Conversation Record
Sheet. Electronic-Mail messages containing important information or significant decisions and BWP’s
external meetings are classified as Correspondence and should be printed, filed in the appropriate project
file and recorded onto the incoming correspondence log.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP170


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP170-Apr2009.doc
QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

3.4.2 For very important decision reached over the phone, the Project Manager should confirm the decision
reached in black and white with the Client or Contractor. The BWP officer who is involved in the above
types of telephone conversation/electronic mail shall be responsible to make sure that they are recorded in
the appropriate logs and files. (Important Information includes information which may have an effect on
BWP’s obligations to the Client and which may result in financial and contractual implications to the
firm).

3.5 Filing and Distribution of Controlled Project Documents

3.5.1 Project Manager shall ensure that incoming and outgoing documents and data which form base
information for projects and contracts are designated as "Controlled" Project Documents.

3.5.2 The Project Manager shall be responsible for the filing, controlling and distributing of Controlled Project
Documents as described in BWP WI020-01.

3.5.3 Identification of control documents includes:


• a “Controlled Document” stamp, and/or
• a document date on the front cover, and/or
• a revision number
• a copy number

3.6 Filing and Distribution of Uncontrolled Project Documents

3.6.1 The Managing Director, Director (Admin/Tech) or Project Manager shall enter the names for circulation
on the distribution stamp and shall indicate the action required, if any.

3.6.2 All circulated correspondence shall be returned to the Secretary for filing in the file indicated by the
Project Manager on the distribution stamp.

3.7 Control and Verification of Client Supplied Products

3.7.1 Client Supplied Products for BWP’s business are normally in the form of report, data and drawings.

3.7.2 All Client Supplied Products must be checked and verified by Project Manager prior to be used or
incorporated in BWP’s works.

3.7.3 Client Supplied Products in the form of report or data must be listed in QF020/04-Controlled External
Project Document and kept in Project Filing Cabinet during the course of the project. At the end of the
project, this Client Supplied Product may be kept in the Main Library at the discretion of the Project
Manager for future use.

3.7.4 Client Supplied Products in the form of drawings shall be registered on the External Drawing Register
(QF110/01) and stored in Project Drawing Bin. Senior Draftsperson is responsible to up-keep and control
of drawing distribution.

3.7.5 Any Client Supplied Products that is lost, damaged or otherwise unsuitable to be used or incorporated into
a BWP product shall be recorded in a Non-Conformance Report (QF040/01) and reported to Client by the
way of a letter or any correspondence requesting a replacement.

3.7.6 Distribution of Customer Supplied Products shall be in accordance with QP020 – Control Documentation
and WI020 – 01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP170


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 4 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP170-Apr2009.doc
QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

3.8 Project Administration Activities

3.8.1 Recording Project Time

3.8.1.1 Time sheets - All project staff shall record the time spent on the project in the standard office monthly
time sheets (Form QF170/06). The entries shall be certified by the immediate supervisor on a weekly basis
for each project entered in the time sheet.

3.8.2 Project Filing: Setting Up

3.8.2.1 Once a Project has been awarded and a Job Code allocated, the Project Manager shall notify the
secretary/clerk to raise the appropriate project files. The Project Quality Plan shall always be the first file
created, the remaining files and file numbers shall be according to the file numbering system as in
WI170/01 – Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery and clearly identified in the Project
Quality Plan - QP150.

3.8.2.2 All project files shall be identified by the job code and the file reference shall be detailed in the Project
Quality Plan. The file location, cabinet and drawer shall also be identified in the Project Quality Plan.

3.8.2.3 Dispatch of “Product” or Deliverables - Unless specifically required by the Client, the normal mode of
dispatch of our “product” or deliverables is by mail or courier or by hand. Product or deliverables
forwarded to the Client shall be packed in an appropriate manner to prevent damage during delivery.

3.8.3 Contract Administration (Site/Construction) Activities

3.8.3.1 BWP’s role in construction projects, is to act as administrator of the construction contract between the
Client and the Contractor mainly in the area of certifying progress payments to the contractor, matters
relating to the design, progress, quality and resolving contractual matters arising out of the contract. The
exact requirements will be set out in the Conditions of Contract as the responsibilities of the S. O.‘s
representative (Superintending Officer’s representative).

3.8.3.2 A site visit report using Form QF170/07 shall be prepared after each site visit by the relevant personnel.
The main purpose of the visits is to check the works progress and workmanship. Unsatisfactory results
observed during the visit, if any, shall be communicated to the contractor.

3.8.3.3 Evidence of successful completion of BWP’s services to the Client’s requirements is


(a) the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion by the Client to the Contractor on completion of
the Works; and
(b) the issue of the Certificate of Making Good Defects by the Client to the Contractor at the end of
Defects Liability Period.

3.8.3.4 The Site Supervision Manual (BWP SSM) outlines the procedures to be followed for BWP’s Contract
Administration activities. The implementation of this manual shall be the Project Manager’s
responsibility and he shall ensure that the site staff is aware of this manual.

3.8.4 Hand Written Amendments to All Documents - Changing the content of the document are permitted as
long as they are signed and dated by the person responsible for the control of that document.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

4.1 BWP WI020-01 – Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

4.2 QF020/01 - Controlled Document Distribution Record Sheet

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP170


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 5 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP170-Apr2009.doc
QP170 - Process Control - Project Management and Contract Administration

4.3 QF020/02 - Document Transmittal Notice

4.4 BWP WI170-01 - Correspondence: Receipt, Circulation and Delivery

4.5 BWP WI020-01 - Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation

4.6 QF020/04 – Controlled External Project Document

4.7 QF020/05 – External Drawing Register

4.8 QF170/01 - Jobs Directory Sheet

4.9 QF170/02 - Incoming Correspondence Log

4.10 QF170/03 - Incoming Fax Log

4.11 QF170/04 - Outgoing Correspondence Log

4.12 QF170/05 – Outgoing Fax Log

4.13 QF170/06 - Monthly Timesheets

4.14 QF170/07 - Site Visit Report

4.15 QF170/08 - Telephone Conversation Record Sheet

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP170


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 6 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP170-Apr2009.doc
WI170-01 - Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

WORK INSTRUCTION
for
CORRESPONDENCE : RECEIPT, CIRCULATION and DELIVERY

(Work Instruction BWP WI 170-01)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
th
5 Mar-2003 5 Issue - Rewritten Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID.)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this instruction should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI170-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi170-01-Apr2009.doc
WI170-01 - Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery

1.0 PROJECT AND CORRESPONDENCE FILE NUMBERING SYSTEM

1.1 The file numbering system consists of 4 parts as shown below:-

• Job Code This refers to This number refers to the number


• For Site Office the letters should • “O” for “Overall” of files opened for this.
be MHE(SO) • “1” for Contract 1, etc

MHE / O / PQF / 1

This will refer to the type of document as follows


FOR OVERALL PROJECT
• PQF – Project Quality File for all documents on Quality Assurances, such as PQP, etc.
• GEN – General Correspondence
• MOM – Minutes of Meeting
• MPR – Monthly Progress Reports to the Clients
• SSI – Survey and Soil Investigations
• DAT – Data and Site Visit
• CAL – Calculations
FOR EACH CONTRACT
• GEN – General Correspondence with Contractor and Client for this contract only
• MOM – Minutes of Meeting for this contract only
• MPR – Monthly Progress Reports from the Resident Engineer or site office
• SSI – Survey and Soil Investigations from Contractor for this contract only
• PP – Progress Payment for this contract only
FOR SITE OFFICE
• Same system as above except with “MHE(SO)” and to include other files below or as appropriate
• PIPE-LAY – For pipe laying log
• PIPE-LEV – For pipe leveling records
• PIPE-TREN – For pipe trenching records
• CONC-CUBE – For test cube results
• CONC-SLUMP – For concrete slump test records
• CONC-INSP – For inspection of concreting works
• TEST – For pipe testing results, water tightness, checking of defects, testing and commissioning
• PILE – for piling records
• EART – For earthworks inspection
• M&E – For M & E installation checklists

1.2 Opening Files

1.2.1 As a general rule when opening a new file, the following items must be indicated on the cover for each
file.
• Job Code
• Name of Project
• File number as above
• Date opened
• Date closed

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI170-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi170-01-Apr2009.doc
WI170-01 - Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery

1.3 Closing Files

1.3.1 The contents in a paper file should not be such that it becomes too thick that it will damage the filing
pockets in the filing cabinet. Generally the file should NOT be more than 40mm thick. When the files
are closed, the date it was closed should be indicated on the cover. In addition a blank piece of paper
should be enclosed inside and the date the file was closed should also be indicated.

2.0 INCOMING CORRESPONDENCE

2.1 All incoming correspondence (except those marked “Confidential”, “Private” or “P&C”) shall be stamped
with BWP’s standard stamp as shown below.

Date correspondence
received
Standard BWP stamp BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

REC’D :
Ref No. and date of
Identify circulation required Circulation Dealt With
letter or fax or Details
and re-circulation if necessary of action taken

Copies to other offices


For Action Action required
or site

Copies
File as indicated
FILE :

2.2 The receiving secretary shall date the stamp in the “REC’D” column and enter all details in either
QF170/02 or QF170/03.

2.3 The incoming correspondence shall be passed to the Managing Director or Director (Admin/Tech) who
shall identify the circulation in the “CIRCULATION” column or action required in the “FOR ACTION”.

2.4 The correspondence shall then be passed to the relevant personnel or Project Manager.

2.5 The relevant personnel or Project Manager shall then carry out the action, sign or circulate further.
Enclosures destination shall be determined whether it is a controlled document and where it should be filed
or stored. If required the Project Manager shall add own name to bottom of circulation list in the
“CIRCULATION” column if further action is required. The filing reference number as in Section 1.0
above shall be indicated. If copies are required to say other offices or Site Office, then it should be
indicated in the “COPIES” column.

2.6 The relevant personnel or Project Manager shall then pass it on for further circulation or for filing.

2.7 Upon completion of the circulation, the filing secretary shall file in the relevant correspondence file as
indicated. Filing should be based on sequential correspondence number or according to the order of the
date.

2.8 If there is a letter or fax in response to the incoming correspondence the filing secretary shall indicate the
reference and date of the outgoing letter or fax in the “DEALT WITH” column. Any copies required as
indicated in the “COPIES” column shall also be made.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI170-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi170-01-Apr2009.doc
WI170-01 - Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery

3.0 OUTGOING CORRESPONDENCE

3.1 The Project Manager/Project Coordinator who is preparing the outgoing correspondence and fax should
ensure that the clerk obtain a unique reference number from the Outgoing Correspondence Log
(QF170/04 or 05). Mode of delivery should be indicated.

3.2 The clerk will type the letter based on the draft given by the Project Manager/Project Coordinator and
then photostat one copy and stamp “Project File” and the “Circulation” stamp on the photocopy

3.3 The Project Manager/Project Coordinator will then check the letter and initial both the original and the
“Project File” copy. The Project Manager/Project Coordinator will also mark for circulation the other
project team members in the “Circulation” column.

3.4 The Director(Admin/Tech) will sign (full signature) both the original and “Project File” copy.

3.5 The Clerk will then make copy using the original for “Master File” copy and circulate the “Project File”
copy before filing.

3.6 The signed correspondence should then be passed to the Despatching Secretary/Clerk for preparation of
envelopes, making copies, arranging delivery and to enter all salient details to the Outgoing
Correspondence (Log QF170/04 or 05).

3.7 The Original copy shall be sent to the recipient whilst the “Project File” copy in the relevant
correspondence file together with enclosure as indicated in the “FILE” column in the circulation stamp.
Only copy of letter shall be filed in the “Master File”.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI170-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 4 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi170-01-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Job/Proposal Directory

Date Date Project Project Project


No. Job Code Project Description Filing Area
Started Completed Cost Manager Coordinator

Issue: 7 File in Admin Cabinet and Copy to QA/01/170/100 Document No. QF170/01
Date: Apr-2009 Master List of Jobs Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF170-01-Proposal Directory-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Incoming Correspondence Log

Date Document Job Remarks/


Sender’s Ref. Sender Subject Type* Enclosure
Received Date Code Attention To

* Type: L - Letter T - Transmittal M - Memo E - Email O - Others

Issue: 7 File in Office - QA Document No. QF170/02


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF170-02-In Corr Log-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Incoming Fax Log

Date Sender’s Nos. of


Sender’s Ref. Sender Job Code Subject Attention To
Received Date Copies

Issue: 7 File in Office - QA Document No. QF170/03


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF170-03-In Fax Log-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Outgoing Correspondence Log

Our Reference
Date Job
BWP/Job Code/Ref. Addressee Subject Type* Enclosure Remarks
Sent Code
No./Month/Year

*Type: L - Letter T - Transmittal M - Memo E - Email O - Others

Issue: 7 File in Office - QA Document No. QF170/04


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF170-04-Out Corr Log-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Outgoing Fax Log

Date Job Our Reference Nos. of


Receiver Subject Remarks
Sent Code Initial/No./Month Pages

Issue: 7 File in Office - QA Document No. QF170/05


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF170-05-Out Fax Log-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
TIME SHEET
Name : MONTH :

Position :

JOB CODE & DESCRIPTION


E.C

DATE DAY TOTAL


A.T O.T
1 SAT

2 SUN

CERTIFY BY

3 MON

4 TUE

5 WED

6 THU

7 FRI

8 SAT

9 SUN

CERTIFY BY

10 MON

11 TUE

12 WED

13 THU

14 FRI

15 SAT

16 SUN

CERTIFY BY

17 MON

18 TUE

19 WED

20 THU

21 FRI

22 SAT

23 SUN

CERTIFY BY

24 MON

25 TUE

26 WED

27 THU

28 FRI

29 SAT

30 SUN

CERTIFY BY

A.T

O.T
T.T
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF170-06-Time Sheet-Apr2009.xls]qf17006

E.C - IDLE TIME


A.T - ACTUAL TIME PREPARED BY HEAD OF DEPT ACC DEPT APPROVED BY
O.T - OVER TIME
T.T - TOTAL TIME INCURRED

Issue : 7 QF170/06
Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P)
Site Visit Report

Job Title: Job Code:


Client: Report No.

Location/Department :
Date & Time of visit or meeting :
Site visit attended by :
Contact Person (Name, organization & designation) :
Purpose of Visit/Meeting :

Progress with respect to programmea,b:

Workmanship with respect to drawings, specifications, good practice and industry standarda,b:

Brief Report of Visit/Meetingb:

Report Prepared By: Date & Time:

a
Applicable for site visit during construction period only
b
Use attachment sheets if necessary

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF170/07


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF170-07-Site Visit Rep-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) TELEPHONE CONVERSATION
RECORD SHEET

Project Code: Circulation


Title:
Phase:
Contract No:
Date & Time
Originator:
Contact Person: Tel No:
Subject: File:

Item No Details Action By When

Issue : 3 File in Project Quality File Document No QF170/08


Date : Apr-2009 Sheet 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF170-08-Telecon Form-Apr2009.doc
QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

PROCEDURE

for

DESIGN (PROJECT) CONTROLS and REVIEWS

(Procedure BWP QP180)


Document Status Prepared by or
Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or suggested
improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and
will be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP180


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP180-Apr2009.doc
QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure defines the methods employed to control and verify that project design work is properly
undertaken, and that the client requirements are met. For the purposes of BWP, the design control
concentrates on the technical aspect of a project and is part of the overall process of design (project)
control as described in ISO Clause 7.3.

1.2 This procedure applies to the “technical” elements of all study, design or survey type of projects
undertaken for clients by BWP.

Other elements of the project general “administration” activities are covered by BWP QP150 and
QP170, as described in ISO Clause 7.5 (Process Control).

1.3 This procedure covers the preliminary design, detailed design and the tender document preparation stage
of a project. This shall also cover construction stage when there is a need to change the design in
accordance with the latest requirement.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP130 - Control of Reference Library

2.2 BWP QP140 – Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out for Projects

2.3 BWP QP150 - Preparation of Project Quality Plans

2.4 BWP QP160 - Computer Filing and Backup

2.5 BWP QP170 - Process Control- Project Management and Contract Administration

2.6 BWP DOM – Drawing Office Manual

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Design (Project) Planning

3.1.1 Once a Project Manager and Assistant Project Manager has been appointed, a Job Code is assigned and
the formal Contract Review completed in accordance with BWP QP140, the Client brief shall be
reviewed. The Project Manager in consultation with the Director (Admin/Tech) or Project Director shall
review the purpose of the design and objectives to be met in both specific and qualitative terms as given
in the Client brief. This shall include functional and performance requirements, statutory and regulatory
requirements and information derived from previous similar design to ensure adequacy. Any incomplete,
ambiguous or conflicting requirements shall be resolved and agreed with the Client.

3.1.2 The Project Manager shall prepare the Project Quality Plan to show the responsibility for each design
and development and verification activity, and ensure that these activities are assigned to suitably
trained/qualified personnel. Adequate resources shall be arranged (from different disciplines as required)
in consultation with the Director(Admin/Tech) and relevant associates.

3.1.3 Suitable periods shall be allocated within the Work Programme for completion of the tasks assigned
together with the verification activities.

3.1.4 Where different disciplines are involved, the Project Manager in consultation with the relevant personnel
shall identify the methods and timing for interchange and review of documents and information.

3.1.5 The Project Manager shall arrange for a memo to be circulated to inform the personnel, who are assigned
specific responsibilities, including those to perform the design verification activities.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP180


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP180-Apr2009.doc
QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

3.2 Design (Project) Input

3.2.1 The Project Manager shall plan out the input requirements relating to the design including
design/acceptance criteria, publications or standards, information from previous designs, statutory
requirements etc. and/or relating to contract administration during construction stage.

3.2.2 The work to be carried out depends on the amount of preliminary work that has been done. The design
work must proceed in a series of managed stages, each of which is verified and the Client's approval
obtained where required prior to the commencement of the following stage. Typically these stages
might include any or all of the following:

• a desk top preliminary study


• a feasibility study
• a site investigation
• a land/marine survey
• preparation of outline designs/alternatives
• identification of preferred design
• preparation of preliminary designs/report
• preparation of design memorandum
• model testing
• detailed design
• review of final design
• preparation of Bills of Quantities
• preparation of Tender Documents
• review of Tender Documents

3.2.3 Reports, calculations, drawings and other design documents shall generally be prepared in accordance
with the appropriate BWP guidelines, manuals, handbooks, instructions and standards set out in the
Design Input section of the Project Quality Plan.

3.2.4 Requirements for records, reports and data required from the Client, third parties and other statutory
bodies such as JPS, Statistics Department, etc shall also be established.

3.2.5 The requirements for site visit, schedule of visit, and data to be collected shall also be identified.

3.2.6 In preparing the Project Inputs, the Project Manager shall take into account the result of the Contract
Review in accordance with BWP QP140. The Project Inputs shall be updated when necessary and its
adequacy, sufficiency and suitability for the requirement of the project shall be checked.

3.2.7 By signing the Project Quality Plan, the Project Manager confirms that the design input has been
reviewed and is satisfactory.

3.3 Design (Project) Output

3.3.1 Design (project work) output shall be documented and expressed in the format identified in the design
requirements and as detailed in the Project Quality Plan. Where applicable, the design output shall
contain calculations, analysis, drawings, plans, tender documents (bills of quantities and specifications).

3.3.2 Project Managers shall ensure that all calculations are prepared in accordance with WI180-01 (Checking
of Detailed Calculations).

3.3.3 The output should provide information for preparing bills of quantities, specifications, technical schedules
and acceptance criteria. If possible characteristics of construction methods, testing methods and safe
handling of the works should be detailed either in the drawings or specifications.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP180


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP180-Apr2009.doc
QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

3.4 Design (Project) Verification

3.4.1 The design output shall be verified and the verification recorded by the identified personnel nominated
by the Project Manager.

3.4.2 Project Work shall be checked for design methods adopted, by checking that alternative calculations
(where practicable) have been carried out, by comparison with similar designs, by running trials or tests,
where practicable, or by whatever other means are available and practicable. These checks shall be
carried out in accordance with WI180-01.

3.4.3 Drawings shall be checked in accordance with BWP QP110.

3.4.4 Firstly, design check shall be carried out by the personnel nominated by Project Manager to verify each
work has been satisfactory completed by filling out QF180/01 – Design Checklist. Design checks may
be carried out section by section of a contract and this shall be recorded in QF180/01 – Design
Checklist.

3.4.5 Secondly, the design shall be reviewed by the Review Panel by filling out Form QF180/03 –
Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet to verify that the work has been satisfactory completed prior
to submission of the final document. The form shall be signed by the members of the Review Panel, QA
reviewers (Quality Assurance Review) and approved for release of deliverable by the Project
Director/Project Manager. The Project Manager may also be a member of the Review Panel.

3.4.7 Any design change requested by the Client after the submission of the final document or required during
the construction stage is required to be recorded in Form QF180/04.

3.4.8 For M&E works, the design shall be verified and reviewed in accordance with Clauses 3.4.1, 3.4.2,
3.4.3, 3.4.4 and 3.4.5. If the design is carried out by sub-consultant, it shall be checked and verified by
the sub-consultant.

3.5 Design (Project) Review

3.5.1 Design reviews shall be undertaken in accordance with the Works Programme in the Project Quality
Plan. The Review Panel will normally be the heads of sections or team leader as per the organization
chart or other specialists as required. The Project Director may appoint one of the Technical Director as
the Lead Reviewer.

3.5.2 Design reviews are to be carried out on the tasks identified. These reviews take a broader approach and
seek to ensure that the “right” things such as the appropriate technology, technical standards, etc. are
being applied. This review shall check that given the stage of project completion the project output:

a) meets the design inputs and thus the client's requirements

b) contains or references the acceptance criteria

c) conforms to appropriate statutory and regulatory requirements

d) identifies crucial or special safety features

e) identifies problems and propose necessary actions

f) is presented in suitable format/media.

3.5.3 Project review records shall be recorded in QF180/03 – Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet and
include the date(s) of review, list of all representatives involved and details of any decisions made and
follow up action required.

3.5.4 The outcomes of all reviews shall be documented and all resulting minutes, notes, and other
documentation filed as soon as practicable.
Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP180
Date: Apr-2009 Page: 4 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP180-Apr2009.doc
QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

3.5.5 The Work Programme and Project Inputs may be changed as a result of a review. Any such changes
shall be resolved with the Client, if appropriate, and documented.

3.6 Design Validation

3.6.1 Design validation shall be carried out at the construction stage to validate the design outputs and that it
meets the Client’s requirements.

3.6.2 The Project Manager shall review the results of testing and commissioning of the works and prepare a
report on the findings in the Project Completion Report for submission to the Client. Any further
improvements in the design should also be noted and should be circulated to the staff for improvements
in future projects.

3.7 Design (Project) Change

3.7.1 Once a design has been verified it shall not be changed without the approval of the Director
(Admin/Tech). In the event of prolonged absence of the Director(Admin/Tech), the Project Manager
may authorise a Design Change.

3.7.2 To obtain agreement for a design change Form QF180/04 - Contract/Design Change form, must be
completed by the proposer. The form shall be submitted to the Director(Admin/Tech) via the Project
Manager. Where appropriate the Project Manager shall obtain the Client's agreement before carrying out
the design change.

3.7.3 In matters of urgency and where the Director (Admin/Tech) is not available, the BWP staff may begin
work on the design change but the revised output shall not be conveyed externally until approval has
been received.

3.7.4 Where necessary, additional or revised calculations shall be filed with the original calculations and
clearly indicate the scope of all changes considered. Original calculations, which become superseded by
the design change, shall be clearly annotated and the additional or revised calculations checked in
accordance with the requirements of WI180-01- Checking of Detailed Calculations.

3.8 Release of Deliverables - Checking of Documents

3.8.1 This section covers the checking of reports, tender documents and contract documents prior to release
to the Client.

3.8.2 The Project Manager shall decide upon the contents of the report, taking specialist advice where
appropriate, or the contents of the tender document by making reference to guidelines by the Client. The
Project Manager may allocate sections of the report to members of the Project Team but he/she will be
the coordinator. In addition to any standard acceptance criteria, the Project Manager shall also ensure
specific Client requirements are addressed in the report.

3.8.3 Having allocated the report sections, the Project Manager shall ensure the following:
• the contents and title
• identity of authors for each part of the sections
• specify interim reviews and need for corrective action
• specify completion dates

3.8.4 Upon completion of a document section, the author of the particular section or document shall fill out
Form QF180/02 – Design Verification Form and the Project Manager shall check the report to ensure that
the design outputs have met the design input requirements.

3.8.5 When the report or document is completed and verified, the Project Manager shall then arrange for the
completed document to be reviewed by the Review Panel as per Clause 3.5.1. When the reviews are
Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP180
Date: Apr-2009 Page: 5 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP180-Apr2009.doc
QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

completed and all are satisfactory, the Review Panel shall sign the “Design reviewed by” which shall be
included in the Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet QF180/03. Likewise, the
Director(Admin/Tech) or the Project Manager shall sign “Release of Deliverables-Final Inspection by” on
QF180/03. In this case the Project Manager may also be a member of the Review Panel.

3.8.6 Only after signing of Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet shall documents be issued to the Client.

3.8.7 Upon receipt of all formal comments from the Client, the Project Manager shall review whether such
comments reveal any significant inadequacy in the preparation and checking of the document. If such an
inadequacy is evident, the Project Manager shall raise a Nonconformance Report (QF040/01).

3.8.8 Final copies of documents deemed important by the Project Manager or Director (Admin/Tech) shall be
lodged in the Reference Library in accordance with BWP QP130.

3.8.9 Master copies of documents shall be centrally located for each project in a place designated by the Project
Manager.

3.8.10 Verification of Client-Supplied Materials - Any Client-Supplied material that is lost, damaged or is
otherwise unsuitable to be used or incorporated into a BWP product shall be recorded in a Non-
Conformance Report (QP040/01) and reported to the Client by way of a letter or correspondence
requesting a replacement.

4.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS AND FORMS

4.1 BWP WI180-01 - Checking of Detailed Calculations

4.2 BWP QF180/01 - Design Checklist

4.3 BWP QF180/02 - Design Verification Form

4.4 BWP QF180/03 - Review/Technical Review Summary Sheet

4.5 BWP QF180/04 – Contract/Design Change Form

5.0 RECORDS

5.1 Completed forms are Quality Records which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP QP180


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 6 of 6
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP180-Apr2009.doc
WI180-01 - Checking of Detailed Calculations

BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

WORK INSTRUCTION

for

CHECKING OF DETAILED CALCULATIONS

(Work Instruction BWP WI 180-01)


Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 May-99 1st Issue C. R. Nathan, QSM Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Oct-99 2nd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Mar-2000 3rd Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2001 4th Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
5 Mar-2003 5th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
6 Jun-2004 6th Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
7 Apr-2009 7th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES


Controlled Document Stamp:
(includes Copy No.)

(N.B. Red-Stamped and


numbered copies are
'controlled' and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this manual should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI180-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 1 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi180-01-Apr2009.doc
WI180-01 - Checking of Detailed Calculations

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This instruction defines the checks to be made for all detailed calculations produced in the
development of the Project Output.

1.2 It applies to the detailed calculations as defined in BWP QP180.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP060 - Quality Records

2.2 BWP QP180 - Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

2.3 BWP DOM – Drawing Office Manual

3.0 INSTRUCTIONS

3.1 The checking of Project input and detailed calculations is governed by the requirements of the Works
Programme, Project Quality Plan and the Project Inputs as appropriate. Design checking should be
carried out by personnel nominated in the Project Quality Plan and shall be recorded on QF180/01 -
Design Checklist.

4.0 CHECKS TO BE CARRIED OUT

4.1 Checks to be carried out by the designer

4.1.1 The designer shall initially carry out a check on the detailed calculation.

4.1.2 If the designer finds his/her works does not meet the Client Brief and project input requirements,
he/she shall rectify the situation and repeat the general checks.

4.1.3 Once the designer has completed the checking, he/she shall sign on the “Assistant” box in the original
design calculation sheet.

4.2 Checks to be carried out by another designer/checker

4.2.1 In checking detailed calculations and tender documents, the checker shall initially refer to the Project
Inputs to ensure that the project and work element input requirements have been adequately taken into
account in the development of the detailed calculations.

4.2.2 Checks shall be carried out by personnel nominated by the Project Manager. The checker must use
professional judgment to decide whether any additional points need to be considered. Listed below are
some techniques for the checker to follow:

4.3 General Checks

• Check for Compliance with Client Brief

Points to check are whether the design calculations are prepared in accordance with the latest
issue of the Project Inputs, the Client Brief, together with any related meeting records and
records of any anomalies raised and resolved.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI180-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 2 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi180-01-Apr2009.doc
WI180-01 - Checking of Detailed Calculations

• Check for Significant Omissions

This is a check for calculations that have not been done.

• Check for Gross Errors

Gross errors can be identified by using simple of ‘rule of thumb’ calculations using
approximate data. Alternatively, simple upper and lower bound calculations can show that the
result is of the right order.

• Check by Inspection

The results of the design calculations are compared with those from other projects of similar
nature. Graphical output from computer programs is however readily checked by inspection,
and should be examined first.

• Check for Design Standards and Codes

General points to check include use of the relevant Design Standards and Codes in accordance
with the Client Brief or Project Inputs.

• Check for Conformity

General points to check are whether the designer’s intention and requirements are interpreted
in a consistent way that will be clear, complete and unambiguous.

4.4 Specific Checks

• Check for Critical Design Assumptions

Techniques such as “Sensitivity Analysis” should be employed to identify “sensitive”


situations, where a small variation parameters or assumptions may result in a critical effect on
the design. If these are found, the design and calculations should be checked in detail.

• Check for Critical Engineering Elements

Critical engineering elements which are crucial to the safe and proper functioning of the
works should be identified and checked in detail (e.g., substantial load transfer beams or
plates).

• Check for Safety, Health and Environmental Requirement

The checker shall check that issues on the safety, health and environmental requirements have
been considered during design. This may be demonstrated by provision of method statements
of procedures proposed to ensure high safety and health standards.

4.5 Further Checks

If the adequacy and accuracy of the calculations are still uncertain on completion of the general and
specific check stated above, the following courses of action can then be adopted:

• Re-working

Methods that are independent of those used in the original calculations shall be adopted as far
as possible.

• A line-by-line check

This method requires the checker to rework the calculation line-by-line.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI180-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 3 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi180-01-Apr2009.doc
WI180-01 - Checking of Detailed Calculations

4.6 If the checker finds the checking satisfactory, he/she shall endorse on the “check by” box in the
original design calculation sheets. Following the checking by the designated person, the calculations
should be passed to the Project Manager or nominated Team Leader.

If the reviewer finds the checking satisfactory, he/she shall endorse on completed Form QF180/01 -
Design Checklist.

4.7 QF180/01 is not required for any change during construction period.

Issue: 7 Document No: BWP WI180-01


Date: Apr-2009 Page: 4 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Work Instructions\Wi180-01-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Design Checklist
(In Accordance with QP180)

Job Title: Job Code:


Client:
Task Description :

No. Checklist Item Yes No N/A


Design Planning (Clause 3.1)
1 Are Client’s requirements satisfied?
2 Were the statutory and regulatory requirements complied with?
3 Was the design carried out in accordance with programme in PQP?
Design Inputs (Clause 3.2)
Were the design inputs as stated in PQP used (e.g. Manuals, Guidelines,
4
Standards, Handbooks, etc) ?
5 Were the design criteria listed out together with acceptance criteria?
6 Were the data and information collected complete for the design?
Design Output (Clause 3.3)
Format of Design Output include Calculations / Plans / Analyses / Drawings /
7
Bills of Quantities / Specifications (Delete as Appropriate)
8 Does the output provide info for construction methods and safety features?
Design Verification (Clause 3.4)
9 Have all calculations been checked in accordance with WI180-01?
10 Have all Drawings been checked?
11 Have all the measurements and quantities in Bills of Quantities been checked?
12 Have all the Specifications and items in Bills of Quantities been checked?
13 Has a detailed work scope been prepared?
14 Has comparison been made with project of similar design?
Design Change (Clause 3.7)
15 Was there a design change from the original scope?
16 If YES, was Quality Form QF180/04 - Design Change Form completed?
Others (Please specify)

Previous Similar Nature of Project Carried Out by BWP

Summary of Findings (confirm satisfactory or otherwise):

Proposed Action (only if result is unsatisfactory) Follow Up Checked Date

Note: Attach additional sheets for “Proposed Action” if necessary

Task
Verified by : Name Signature Date

Approved
by: Project Manager Signature Date

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF180/01


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF180-01-Design Check-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Design Verification Form
(Reports & Documents)

Job Title: Job Code:


Client:
Report/Document :

No. Checklist Item Yes No N/A


Tender/Report Review Elements:
1 Are Client’s requirements met?
2 Are the overall concept and assumptions sound?
3 Have the risks due to insufficient information been identified?
4 Are all the required information (sketches, drawings, etc) in the report?
Design Checking Elements:
1 Has the design input (listed in PQP) been applied?
2 Is the design practical and economical?
3 Are all the materials compatible and suitable for the environment?
4 Can the design be constructed and function safely?
5 Have the latest standards been used in the design?
6 Others:

Tender Documents
1 Are correct Conditions of Contract form being used?
2 Any requirements of change from KPKR circulars?
3 Are all the necessary latest forms and schedules being used?
4 Are specifications and technical schedules compatible with the drawings?
5 Are measurements and BOQ checked?
Others (If Any) Attach Sheets?

Previous Similar Nature of Project Carried Out by BWP

Summary of Findings (confirm satisfactory or otherwise):

Proposed Action (only if result is unsatisfactory) Follow Up Checked Date

Note: Attach additional sheet for “Proposed Action” if necessary

Task
Verified by : Name Signature Date

Approved
by: Project Manager Signature Date

Note: Project Manager to sign this Form only when the task has been verified/re-verified as satisfactory.

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF180/02


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF180-02-Design Verify-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Review/Technical Review
Summary Sheet

Job Title: Job Code:


Client:

No. Checklist Item Yes No N/A


1 Are Client’s requirements met?
2 Are statutory and regulatory requirements complied with?
3 Was the design carried out in accordance with programme?
4 Were the resources adequate to complete the design?
5 Are the overall concept and assumptions sound?
6 Is the design practical and economical?
7 Have the risks due to insufficient information been identified?
8 Can the design be constructed and function safely?
9 Has the latest standards and technology been used in the design?
10 Are all the required information (sketches, drawings, etc) in the report?
11 Are all the materials compatible and suitable for the environment?
12 Has a detailed work scope been prepared? i.e. project team, schedule and
project execution methodology?
13 Are acceptance criteria and design tolerances satisfactory?
14 Have all calculations, drawings, BOQ, specifications been checked?
15 Are there any provisions for servicing and maintenance?
16 Have working space and ergonomics been considered?
17 Are there sufficient utilities, e.g. toilets, recreation areas?
18 Information from previous design being used?
19 Others (please specify)

Report/Design Reviewed by (Review Panel)


Name Initials Date Comments

Quality Assurance Review


QA Reviewer
Name Signature Date
Comments :

Release of Deliverables
Final Inspection
by:
Project Director / Manager Signature Date

Comments :

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF180/03


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF180-03-Tech Rev Summ-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Contract/Design Change Form

Job Title: Job Code:


Client: Design Change No.:
Description of Proposed Change:

Change proposed by: Client Internal Other:


Is Client approval required? Yes No
Has client approval been obtained? Yes No
Will the change have any effect on: (Description of Effect)

a) Report Yes No
b) Specifications Yes No
c) Drawings Yes No
d) Quantities Yes No
e) Contract Fee Yes No
f) Other (please specify) Yes No

Note: Either circle the appropriate box or cross out the inappropriate box.

Estimated Overall Variation:


Time (+/- Hours) Cost (+/- RM)

Comments :

Change
Proposed by: Name Signature Date

Approved by:
Project Manager Signature Date

Approved by:
Director (Admin/Tech) Signature Date
Note: If the change affects the Design Input (as on Quality Plan), client’s agreement is required before approval

Issue: 7 File in Project Quality File Document No. QF180/04


Date : Apr-2009 Page 1 of 1
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF180-04-Design Change-Apr2009.doc
QP 190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

PROCEDURE

for

STATISTICAL TECHNIQUE AND CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT

(Procedure BWP QP190)

Document Status Prepared by or


Description Authorized By:
Issue Date Custodian
1 Apr-2001 1st Issue Abdullah Kormain Abdul Manaf Ishak
nd
2 Mar-2003 2 Issue - Rewritten Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Jun-2004 3rd Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
4 Apr-2009 4th Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 4 Document No: BWP QP190


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP190-Apr2009.doc
QP 190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the methods for analyzing the data from Quality Objectives, Internal Quality
Audits, Client Feedback, Non-Conformances and Client Complaint relating to the product or services
provided by BWP to its clients to verify process capability.

1.2 The objective of this procedure is to give indication of the effectiveness and suitability of the procedures
or work plan and to recommend performance improvement if necessary.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP015 – Review of Quality Policy and Objectives

2.2 BWP QP030 – Internal Quality Audit

2.3 BWP QP040 – Non-conformances, Corrective and Preventive Actions

2.4 BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

2.5 BWP QP100 – Management Review

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 The QSM shall be responsible for this procedure and present all the record forms to the top management
during the Management Review.

4.0 STATISTICAL TECHNIQUE

4.1 Quality Objectives

4.1.1 BWP Quality Objectives - All non-conformance reports including minor non-conformances during
external audits and client complaints received shall be listed in QF190/01 – BWP Quality Objectives.

4.1.2 Quality Objectives (Quality Section) – The percentage scoring of the internal quality audits through
QF030/03 – Audit Checklist (Quality System Section) shall be listed in QF190/02 – Quality Objectives of
Quality Section.

4.1.3 Quality Objectives (Drafting Section) – Data from the Drafting Section in the form of number of check
prints per drawing through completion of QF015/03 – Check Prints Record. Each contract/project shall
have one form and the average taken for the total number of drawings under review. The result of the
grand total average number of check prints shall then be listed in QF190/03 – Quality Objectives of
Drafting Section, together with the percentage scoring of the internal audits through QF030/05 – Audit
Checklist (Drafting Section)..

4.1.4 Quality Objectives (Design Office Section) – This refers to the Civil, Structural and M&E Sections in
BWP. The data shall be from percentage scoring from the internal audits of Design Office Section
(QF030/06), the number of design changes recorded in QF180/04 through completion of QF015/02
(Drawing Revisions Record), and lastly the number of design related defects (QF015/04). The results are
presented in QF190/04 – Quality Objectives (Design Office Section).

4.1.5 Quality Objectives (Site Office) – The data shall be from the results of internal audit scores (QF030/07),
and the defects detected during CPC inspections on completed works recorded in QF015/04 – Defects
Record. The total number of defects for all the contracts shall then be added up and the data listed in
QF190/05 – Quality Objectives (Site Office). This shall be repeated for all the project sites.

Issue: 4 Document No: BWP QP190


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP190-Apr2009.doc
QP 190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

4.1.6 Quality Objectives (Administrative Section) – The percentage scoring of the internal audits through
QF030/04 – Audit Checklist (Administrative Section) and the number of hours training per staff each year
shall be listed in QF190/06 – Quality Objectives (Admin Section).

4.2 Internal Quality Audit Results

4.2.1 Data from the Internal Quality Audits are from QF030/03 to QF030/07. For QF030/06 – Audit Checklist
(Design Office Section), data will also be collected for each section such as Civil, Structural and M&E
section in BWP. The results of these audits from the Head Office are in the form of percentages and shall
be listed in QF190/07 – Summary of Internal Audits (Head Office).

4.2.2 Similarly, data from the all the project site office under review should be recorded in QF QF190/08 –
Summary of Internal Audits (Site Office).

4.3 Client Feedback

4.3.1 The Project Manager shall be responsible for sending out the Client Feedback Form QF050/03. This client
feedback need not necessarily be from the Head Office of the Client only but can also be from the branch
or district office or from the Plant Manager.

4.3.2 Data from Client Feedback are given points of 1(Unsatisfactory), 2(Fairly Satisfactory), 3(Satisfactory)
and 4(Highly Satisfactory). The total points scored for each category shall then be divided by the total
number of relevant questions in that category to obtain the average point. Data from the completed forms
shall then be listed in QF190/09 – Summary of Client Feedback.

4.3.3 The QSM shall report on unsatisfactory issues to the Management for the next course of action. This
threshold point will be adjusted and show improvement on the Client’s satisfaction from year to year.

4.3.4 If the points scored for any source falls within the Unsatisfactory level, the QSM shall discuss the Client
Feedback form with the Project Manager to investigate the low level of Client satisfaction and if
necessary arranged for a meeting with the Client to discuss the problem.

5.0 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT

5.1 Quality Objectives

5.1.1 Heads of Section shall be responsible for setting the Quality Objectives of their respective sections in
consultation with the QSM (*7). These Quality Objectives should show an improving trend, e.g. for a
particular section, if the objective is 75% and if the actual result achieved is 76%, then the target objective
for the following year should be higher than 76%.

5.1.2 If the Quality Objective for that section cannot be met, then the QSM shall discuss with the Head of
Section to investigate the root cause of the problem. If it is the Quality System documentation then the
QSM shall review the procedures or forms to make it easier.

5.2 Internal Quality Audits

5.2.1 The QSM shall analyze the trend of the internal audit results and investigate the common and repetitive
mistakes made. New questions shall be introduced into the Quality Checklist for repetitive mistakes to
ensure that they will not be repeated.

5.2.2 Corrective and preventive actions shall be initiated by the Heads of Section to prevent any recurrence of
the mistakes.

5.3 Client Feedback

5.3.1 Continuous improvement is through the average points scored in the various categories and this shall be
increased form year to year.

Issue: 4 Document No: BWP QP190


Date: Apr-2009 Page 3 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP190-Apr2009.doc
QP 190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

5.4 Review of Continuous Improvement

5.4.1 From the Quality Objectives, Internal Quality Audit results and Client Feedback, the QSM shall prepare a
summary of the review of the Quality System documentation in QF190/09 – Review of Continuous
Improvement.

6.0 WORK INSTRUCTIONS, LISTS AND FORMS

6.1 QF190/01 – BWP Quality Objectives

6.2 QF190/02 – Quality Objective (Quality Section).

6.3 QF190/03 – Quality Objective (Drafting Section).

6.4 QF190/04 – Quality Objective (Design Office Section – Design Change & Defects due to Design).

6.5 QF190/05 – Quality Objective (Site Office – Defects during CPC Inspection).

6.6 QF190/06 – Quality Objective (Admin Section – Training Hours/Staff)

6.7 QF190/07 - Summary of Internal Audits (Head Office)

6.8 QF190/08 – Summary of Internal Audits (Site Office)

6.9 QF190/09 – Summary of Client Feedback

6.10 QF190/10 – Review of Continuous Improvement.

7.0 RECORDS

7.1 Completed forms are Quality Records, which shall be filed in accordance with BWP QP060.

Issue: 4 Document No: BWP QP190


Date: Apr-2009 Page 4 of 4
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP190-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) BWP QUALITY OBJECTIVES

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
NCR (major) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
NCR (minor) 30 8 10 0 0 0 0 0
Client Complaints 4 2 0 0 2 1 1 1
Total 34 10 10 0 2 1 1 1

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-01-BWP Qual Object-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

BWP QUALITY OBJECTIVES

40

35
NCRs and Client Complaints

30

25

20

15

10

0
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Year

NCR (major) NCR (minor) Client Complaints Total

Issue : 3 QF190/01
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Quality Section
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
IQA Score (Target) 60.0% 68.0% 78.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
IQA Score (Actual)) 68.0% 78.0% 74.3% 85.6% 86.1% 87.8%

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-02-Qual Obj-Quality-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

QUALITY OBJECTIVES OF QUALITY SECTION


120.0%

100.0%

80.0%
Percentage (%)

60.0%

40.0%

20.0%

0.0%
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Year

IQA Score (Target) IQA Score (Actual))

Issue : 3 QF190/02
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Drafting Section
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Target Check Print Per Drawing 5.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Actual Check Print Per Drawing 2.70 2.48 2.27 2.62 1.79 2.47

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-03-Qual Obj Draft-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

QUALITY OBJECTIVES OF DRAFTING SECTION


6.0

5.0
Check Prints Per Drawing

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Year

Target Check Print Per Drawing Actual Check Print Per Drawing

Issue : 3 QF190/03
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 1
(27875-P )
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Design Office Section (Design Change)
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Civil Section 7 6 34
Structural Section 5 41 17
M & E Section 0 0 2
Sewerage/Drainage Section 0 0 0
Avg. No. of Design Changes 3.0 11.8 13.3
Note: (*4) Target design change for all sections is zero.

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-04-Qual Obj-Design-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

QUALITY OBJECTIVES OF DESIGN OFFICE SECTION (Design Change)

45

40

35
No. Design Change

30

25

20

15

10

0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Year

Civil Section Structural Section M & E Section Sewerage/Drainage Section Avg. No. of Design Changes

Issue : 4 QF190/04
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Design Office Section (Defect Due to Design)
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Civil Section 0 0 0
Structural Section 0 0 0
M & E Section 0 0 0
Sewerage/Drainage Section 0 0 0
Avg. Defect due to Design 0 0 0
Note: (*4)Target defects due to design for all sections is zero.

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-04-Qual Obj-Design-Apr2009.xls]Sheet 2

QUALITY OBJECTIVES OF DESIGN OFFICE SECTION (Defect Due to Design)

10

7
No Design Change

0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Year
Civil Section Structural Section M & E Section Sewerage/Drainage Section Avg. Defect due to Design

Issue : 4 QF190/04
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 2 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Site Office
(*4) Date Compiled: ……………...…. Defects During CPC Inspections

Job Code

No. of CPC held


Total No. of Defects
Average Defect per CPC

Average Defects/CPC/Site
2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Tanjong Malim (MGD) 0.0
Kerian (MHE) 0.0
Dungun (MHQ) 0.0
Bentong (MHH) 0.0
Pdg. Terap (MGZ) 0.0
Arau (MGQ) 0.0
Labuan (MHN) 0.0
Kajang (MHS) 0.0
Overall Avg. Defects/CPC 0.0 0.0
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-05-Qual Obj-Site-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

QUALITY OBJECTIVES OF SITE OFFICE


1.0
0.9
0.8
No. of Defects

0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Year

Tanjong Malim (MGD) Kerian (MHE) Dungun (MHQ) Bentong (MHH) Pdg. Terap (MGZ) Arau (MGQ) Labuan (MHN) Kajang (MHS) Overall Avg. Defects/CPC

Issue : 4 QF190/05
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) QUALITY OBJECTIVES
Admin Section (Training Hours/Staff)
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Target Average Training Hrs. 5.0 6.0
Actual Average Training Hrs. 4 7.06

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-06-Qual Obj-Adm-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

QUALITY OBJECTIVES OF ADMIN SECTION

10

8
Avg. Training Hrs. per Staff

0
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Year

Target Average Training Hrs. Actual Average Training Hrs.

Issue : 3 QF190/06
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) SUMMARY OF INTERNAL AUDITS
Head Office
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Quality Section 68% 78% 73.4% 85.6% 86.1% 87.8%
Admin Section 63% 79% 71.0% 93.4% 77.3% 83.6%
Drafting Section 68% 78% 82.5% 72.5% 90.0% 80.0%
Civil Section 79% 81% 92.5% 90.5% 79.0% 85.0%
Structural Section 79% 68% 88.0% 89.3% 88.0% 85.0%
M & E Section 90% 85% 76.7% 77.9% 79.0% 86.0%
Sewerage/Drainage Section 73% 87% 71.0% 72.0% 63.0% 86.7%
Avg. IQA Score 74% 79% 79% 83% 80% 85%
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-07-Summ IQA HO-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

SUMMARY OF INTERNAL AUDITS FOR HEAD OFFICE

100%

90%

80%

70%
Percentage (%)

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
Year

Quality Section Admin Section Drafting Section Civil Section Structural Section M & E Section Sewerage/Drainage Section Avg. IQA Score

Issue : 3 QF190/07
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 1
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P ) SUMMARY OF INTERNAL AUDITS
Site Office
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Tanjong Malim (MGD) 93.1%
Kerian (MHE) 71.3%
Dungun (MHQ) 91.0%
Bentong (MHH) 73.0%
Pdg. Terap (MGZ) 73.0%
Arau (MGQ) 74.0%
Labuan (MHN) 71.1%
Kajang (MHS) 75.5%
Avg. IQA Score 67% 75% 81% 87% 74% 78%
No. of Sites Audited 4 6 7 5 6 8
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-08-Summ IQA Site-Apr2009.xls]Sheet1

SUMMARY OF INTERNAL AUDITS FOR SITE OFFICE


100%

90%

80%

70%
Percentage (%)

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Year
Tanjong Malim (MGD) Kerian (MHE) Dungun (MHQ) Bentong (MHH) Pdg. Terap (MGZ) Arau (MGQ) Labuan (MHN) Kajang (MHS) Avg. IQA Score

Issue : 3 QF190/08
Date : Apr-2009 File in QA01\190\100 Page 1 of 1
(27875-P ) Summary of Client Feedback
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD

Job Code Avg Annual


No. Questions
Score

(A) PROJECT MANAGEMENT WORKS

1 The level of commitment of our management in this project?


2 Our commitment and involvement in obtaining approval and meeting requirements from the regulating Authorities?
3 Our communication process thru’ post, phone, fax and e-mail?
4 Our responsibility in handling your property for our references like reports, survey drawings, etc?
5 Submission of report, tender and contract documents as per schedule?
6 Our response to your queries and complaints?

"A" Average Score (Items 1 to 5)

(B) DESIGN WORKS

7 Suitability of the criteria, methodology and technology used in our design?


8 Has economy of design being achieved without neglecting the product quality and safety?
9 Quality of report, tender and contract documents up to expectations?
10 Sufficiency of design achieved?
11 Is Report Quality satisfactory?

"B" Average Score (Items 6 to 9)

(C) SUPERVISION WORKS

12 The overall level of competency and commitment of our site and office support personnel in the project?
13 Our plan and procedures to control & monitor the cost and quality of the design as well as during construction?
14 Our overall commitment to minimize public disruption?

"C" Average Score (Items 10 to 12)

(D) COMPLETED WORKS

15 Did the design provide sufficient facilities and adequate working space with pleasing aesthetic?
16 Quality & content of As-Built Drawings and O&M Manual?
17 Suitability of completed works for it’s intended use and operation?
18 Overall quality of completed works?

"D" Average Score (Items 13 to 15)

(E) Average Overall Score


C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-09-Summ Client Feedback-Apr2009.xls]Pg 1 of 2
(*4) Date compiled: …………………………
Scoring System 4 3 2 1
Feedback Remarks Highly Satisfactory Satisfactory Fairly Satisfactory Unsatisfactory
Issue: 4 Document No. QF190/09
Date: Apr-2009 File in QA01/050/200 Page 1 of 2
(27875-P )
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD Summary of Client Feedback
(*4) Date compiled: ………………..…

2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Project Management Average Score 3.20 3.13 3.28
Design Works Average Score 3.33 3.03 3.01
Supervision Works Average Score 3.23 3.25 3.08
Completed Works Average Score 2.75 3.19 3.25
Overall BWP Average Score 2.77 3.13 3.15 3.16

SUMMARY OF CLIENT FEEDBACK

4.00
Highly Satisfactory

3.00
Satisfactory
AVERAGE
SCORE

2.00
Fairly Satisfactory

1.00
Unsatisfactory

0.00
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
YEAR

Project Management Average Score Design Works Average Score Supervision Works Average Score Completed Works Average Score Overall BWP Average Score

C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\[QF190-09-Summ Client Feedback-Apr2009.xls]Pg 2 of 2

Issue: 4 Document No. QF190/09


Date: Apr-2009 File in QA01/050/200 Page 2 of 2
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Review of Continuous Improvement

Item Number Description Proposed Amendments

A MANUALS
1 QM Quality Manual
2 DOM Drawing Office Manual
3 SDM Structural Design Manual
4 SSM Site Supervision Manual
B PROCEDURES
1 BWP QP010 Preparation and Approval of QA Documentation
2 BWP QP015 Review of Quality Policy and Objectives
3 BWP QP020 Controlled Documentation
4 BWP QP030 Internal Quality Audits
5 BWP QP040 Nonconformances Identified by BWP Personnel
6 BWP QP050 Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints
7 BWP QP060 Quality Records
8 BWP QP070 Maintenance and Calibration of Equipment
9 BWP QP080 Qualifications and Training
10 BWP QP090 Concessions
11 BWP QP100 Management Review
12 BWP QP110 Not Used
13 BWP QP115 Not Used
14 BWP QP120 Purchasing
15 BWP QP130 Control of Reference Library
Proposal and Contract Review, Start-up and Close-out
16 BWP QP140
for Projects
Issue: 3 File in QA01/190/200 Document No. QF190/10
Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF190-10-Rev of Improv-Apr2009.doc
BW PERUNDING SDN BHD (27875-P) Review of Continuous Improvement

Item Number Description Proposed Amendments

17 BWP QP150 Preparation of Project Quality Plans


18 BWP QP160 Computer Filing and Backup
Process Control – Project Management and Contract
19 BWP QP170
Administration
20 BWP QP180 Design (Project) Controls and Reviews
21 BWP QP190 Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement
22 BWP QP200 Communication
C WORK INSTRUCTIONS
1 WI020-01 Filing and Distribution of Controlled Documentation
2 WI060-01 Indexing of Archived Files
3 WI150-01 Preparation of Project Quality Plans
4 WI170-01 Correspondence : Receipt, Circulation and Delivery
5 WI170-02 Not Used
6 WI170-03 Not Used
7 WI180-01 Checking of Detailed Calculations
D QUALITY FORMS (Please specify)
1
2
E OTHERS (Please specify)
1
2

Issue: 3 File in QA01/190/200 Document No. QF190/10


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\QualityForms\QF190-10-Rev of Improv-Apr2009.doc
QP 200 – Communications

BW PERUNDING SDN. BHD.

PROCEDURE

for

COMMUNICATIONS

(Procedure BWP QP200)

Document Status Description Prepared by or Authorized By:


Issue Date Custodian
1 Mar-2003 1st Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
2 Jun-2004 2nd Issue Soh Kok Eng Abdul Manaf Ishak
3 Apr-2009 3rd Issue Mah Huey Fong Abdul Manaf Ishak

NOTE
Notify the Custodian with a marked up copy of this procedure, of any and all errors, omissions or
suggested improvements. Send copies to the Quality System Manager for information.

PLEASE DESTROY ALL SUPERSEDED COPIES

Controlled Document Stamp:


(Includes Copy ID)

(N.B. Red-Stamped copies


are "Controlled" and will
be kept up to date)

If you need a copy of this document, please ask the Quality System Manager.
Any queries regarding this procedure should in the first instance be raised with the custodian.
Note : Italic fonts indicate the changes from the previous version of the approved document

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP QP200


Date: Apr-2009 Page 1 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP200-Apr2009.doc
QP 200 – Communications

1.0 SCOPE AND PURPOSE

1.1 This procedure describes the methods of communication to ensure the effectiveness of BWP’s Quality
Management System (QMS).

1.2 This Procedure applies to all staff within the organization in relation to works assigned and responsibility,
product or services offered and contract handling.

2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

2.1 BWP QP050 – Client Liaison, Feedback and Complaints

2.2 BWP QP170 – Process Control – Project Management and Contract Administration

2.3 BWP QP180 – Design (Project) Controls and Reviews

2.4 BWP QP190 – Statistical Technique and Continuous Improvement

3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACTIONS

3.1 The Management shall create awareness and ensure effective implementation of BWP’s Quality
Management System within the organization.

3.2 The Management shall from time to time as may deemed necessary, communicates to the staff at all levels
and obtain constructive feedbacks/opinions on quality system, works related issues, performance, benefits,
career enhancement and etc.

3.3 The Project Manager shall ensure that all latest information, criteria, requirements etc, which may have an
effect on various stages of project preparation be circulated to all project team members for information.
These information may be in the form of site visit report, minutes of meeting, incoming/outgoing fax,
letters or e-mail, telephone conversation records, circulars, publications, etc to be circulated in accordance
with BWP QP170.

3.4 The Project Manager shall ensure that all Client Complaints which may be detrimental to BWP’s
reputation or may result in legal action as a result of professional negligence are recorded in accordance
with BWP QP050.

3.5 The Project Manager shall ensure that all amendments to Controlled Documents, variations to scope of
works, changes in design, etc are dealt with in accordance to BWP QP180 and are circulated to project
team members for record/action/updating.

3.6 The Project Manager shall ensure that appropriate submissions are made to respective Client, Authorities
or Statutory bodies for approval, information or action.

3.7 The Project Manager shall ensure that all queries from Client, Authorities, Contractor or Suppliers which
requires technical input or information are circulated to respective section or team members for
appropriate action.

3.8 The Quality System Manager shall ensure that all staff are informed of the latest review or update in
Quality System Manual through newsletter, circulars or the notice board.

3.9 The Administration Officer shall ensure that all staff are constantly be informed on the latest company
policy, benefits, library updates, circulars etc as may deemed necessary, for staff information on their
eligibility.

Issue: 3 Document No: BWP QP200


Date: Apr-2009 Page 2 of 2
C:\ISO Quality System\ISO Manual Apr2009\Main Vol 1\Procedures\QP200-Apr2009.doc

You might also like